Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / Lamprell Plc

Lamprell Plc

lam · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker lam
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Lamprell Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Directorate changes amending the Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Subsequent to the approval and printing of  the Annual Report and Accounts 2016, Lamprell announced on 24 April 2017  
the following changes to the Board and senior management of  the Company: following a successful transition to the new CEO,  
Mr John Kennedy has decided to stand down from his position as Executive Chairman, and to resume his role as Non-Executive 
Chairman with immediate effect. Mr Kennedy continues in his previous role as Non-Executive Chairman and Director of  the 
Company until he retires fully from the Board on 20 September 2017, to allow for a smooth handover of  his responsibilities.  
A search to find a new Non-Executive Chairman will commence shortly and a further announcement will be made as appropriate.

The Annual Report and Accounts 2016 has been prepared on the basis that Mr Kennedy was acting in the capacity of  Executive 
Chairman and therefore, in light of  this recent announcement, all references in this document to that role should be considered  
as superseded and read as if  Mr Kennedy is now acting in the capacity of  Non-Executive Chairman. Similarly the composition  
of  the Board as detailed on pages 34-35 of  the Annual Report and Accounts 2016 are amended and updated to reflect the 
change in role of  Mr Kennedy to Non-Executive Chairman. 

Annual General Meeting 2017

On page 38 of  the Annual Report and Accounts, the Company advised that it proposed to submit four Directors for re-election 
at the 2017 AGM in compliance with the Company’s Articles of  Association. However, in line with the Code and best practices, 
the Board has decided that all Directors will retire and stand for re-election at the 2017 AGM except for Mr Kennedy due to his 
decision to stand down later in 2017, as stated above.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016

L

a

m

p

r

e

l

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

40

YEARS OF  
EXPERIENCE

PLAYING A KEY ROLE IN THE GLOBAL ENERGY INDUSTRY

1976 – 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
1984

3
8
9
1

2
8
9
1

1
8
9
1

1 9 8 0

1986

1987

5

8

9

1

1

9

8

8

In its 40-year  
history, Lamprell 
has survived 
many changes in 
the industry, and  
has ridden the 
many ups and 
downs of  the 
market.

1

9

8

9

1
9
9
0

1
9
9
1

1
9
9
2

1
9
9
3

1
9
9
4

1
9
9
5

1
9
9
6

1
9
9
7

1
9
9
8

1
9
9
9

2000

Who we are
Lamprell is based in the 
United Arab Emirates 
(“UAE”) and celebrated 
its 40th anniversary in 
2016. Lamprell is a leading 
provider of  fabrication, 
engineering and contracting 
services to the offshore 
and onshore oil & gas and 
renewable energy industries. 

What we do
We have an international 
reputation for building high 
quality, complex offshore 
and onshore process 
modules as well as fixed 
platforms and topsides, 
and hold leading market 
positions in the fabrication  
of  jackup drilling rigs,  
multi-purpose liftboats,  
land rigs and rig 
refurbishment projects. 

2002

2001

2003

Lamprell is listed on the London Stock 
Exchange (symbol “LAM”).

Lamprell is a  
mature and robust 
business that is well 
equipped to meet 
the challenges the 
industry is facing.

2009 2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

For an in-depth account of 
our 40-year history go to 
www.lamprell.com

Online shareholder information

In order to keep shareholders fully up to 
date, we have comprehensive financial 
and Company information on our website. 
Our shareholders can access all the 
information they require, 24 hours a day. 
www.lamprell.com

1976

1977

1978

1 9 7 9

Contents 

Strategic report

1   Highlights 2016
2   Lamprell at a glance
4   Executive Chairman’s statement
6   Chief  Executive’s review
8   Markets, trends, pipeline and 

opportunities
10   Business model
12   Strategy
14   Principal risks and uncertainties
18   Financial review
21   Performance measures (KPIs)
22   Operational review
26   Sustainability report

Corporate governance

Including information on our Board, 
Committees, leadership team and 
remuneration

30   Board of  Directors
32   Directors’ Report
40   Nomination & Governance 

Committee Report

42   Audit & Risk Committee Report
46   Directors’ Remuneration Report
47   Directors’ Remuneration  

Policy Report

53   Directors’ Annual Report  

on Remuneration
60   Statutory information  

and Directors’ statements

Financial statements

2004

2
0
0
5

2
0
0
6

2

0

0

8

Our primary financial statements and 
supporting notes

2

0

0

7

62   Independent auditor’s report to the 

members of  Lamprell plc
68   Consolidated income statement
69   Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income
70   Consolidated balance sheet
71   Company balance sheet
72   Consolidated statement 
of  changes in equity
73   Company statement of   
changes in equity

74   Consolidated cash flow statement
75   Company cash flow statement
76   Notes to the financial statements
112  Glossary
114  Additional information

For further reading on specific topics,  
please follow the 

 throughout the document.

Cover image: In 2016 Lamprell delivered  
31 out of  a total of  45 modules to Petrofac for 
the Upper Zakum UZ750 project. 

 
1986

1987

5

8

9

1

1

9

8

8

1

9

8

9

1984

3

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

1

8

9

1

1 9 8 0

1976

1977

1978

1 9 7 9

1

9

9

0

1

9

9

1

1

9

9

2

1

9

9

3

1

9

9

4

1

9

9

5

1

9

9

6

1

9

9

7

1

9

9

8

1

9

9

9

2000

2002

2001

2003

2004

2

0

0

5

2

0

0

6

2

0

0

7

2

0

0

8

2009 2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

HIGHLIGHTS 2016

1

CREATING 
NEW
OPPORTUNITIES

Solid operational performance driving underlying margins

Improved levels of  productivity and efficiency enabled  
the yard to construct seven rigs concurrently 

Delivered four jackup rigs and multiple modules for  
a large onshore construction project during 2016

Progressing joint venture agreement in Saudi Arabia with 
Saudi Aramco

World-class safety record of  0.29 TRIR maintained

Resolved technical issues with Cameron LeTourneau’s  
rig jacking systems

Market conditions reducing order book for 2017

The next stage  
of  our journey  
starts here.

*   Throughout the Annual Report we use a range of  financial and non-financial measures 
to assess our performance. A number of  the financial measures, including underlying 
profitability, underlying gross profit, underlying gross profit margin, underlying EBITDA and 
net cash are not defined under IFRS, and are termed ‘Alternative Performance Measures’ 
(APMs). Management uses these measures to monitor the Group’s financial performance 
alongside IFRS measures because they help evaluate the ongoing financial performance 
and position of  the Group. We have defined and explained the purpose of  each of  these 
measures on 
to the closest equivalent measure under IFRS. These APMs should be considered in 
addition to, and not as a substitute for, or as superior to, measures of  financial performance, 
financial position or cash flows reported in accordance with IFRS. APMs are not uniformly 
defined by all companies, including those in the Group’s industry. Accordingly, APMs may 
not be comparable with similarly titled measures and disclosures by other companies.

pages 114 to 115, where we provide more detail, including reconciliations 

Revenue 
(USD million)

705.0

2015: USD 871.1m 
2014: USD 1,084.9m

KPI

EBITDA* 
(USD million)

30.6

2015: USD 90.0m 
2014: USD 137.0m

Net profit before income tax  
and exceptional items from  
continuing operations  
(USD million)

2.0

2015: USD 67.0m
2014: USD 93.7m

KPI

Net (loss)/profit  
(USD million)

(184.3)

2015: USD 64.7m
2014: USD 118.0m

(Loss)/earnings per share – diluted 
(cents)

(53.94)c

2015: 18.84c
2014: 37.38c

KPI

Net cash* 
(USD million)

275.2

2015: USD 210.3m
2014: USD 272.6m

Throughout this report we use this 
symbol KPI  to indicate which measures 
are main Group KPIs. 

STRATEGIC REPORT2

LAMPRELL AT A GLANCE

Our core services

CONFRONTING 
MARKET
CHALLENGES

Lamprell is a key player in 
the offshore and onshore 
oil & gas and renewable 
energy industries having 
firmly established itself  
as one of  the world’s 
leading fabricators serving 
customers across the globe. 

New build jackup rigs

Offshore platforms 

Lamprell has some of  the 
world’s leading facilities 
for the construction of  new 
build jackup rigs. With a 
sophisticated engineering 
capability and state-of-the-
art construction and load 
out facilities, Lamprell has a 
reputation as a leading and 
reliable builder of  drilling rigs 
and multi-purpose jackup 
liftboats for the international 
market. In December 2016, the 
Group successfully delivered 
its 25th jackup drilling unit 
since listing in 2006, including 
seven Friede & Goldman Super 
M2’s and 18 LeTourneau Super 
116E’s. 

Lamprell has successfully 
undertaken a variety of  
offshore construction projects 
including complex living 
quarters, wellhead decks, 
topsides, major parts for 
FPSOs/FPUs and other offshore 
fixed facilities. In 2014 Lamprell 
was recognised by Guinness 
World Records for moving the 
heaviest load on trailers in 
respect of  the Golden Eagle 
Area Development in the North 
Sea. Lamprell also fabricates 
foundations for the global 
energy industry, whether for 
the oil & gas sector or the 
renewables market.

Four new build jackup 
rigs delivered to three 
major clients in 2016
page 23

Modules 

Oil & gas contracting services  

Lamprell fabricates 
packaged, pre-assembled 
and modularised units and 
has expertise fabricating 
accommodation modules 
as well as complex process 
modules for onshore LNG 
and downstream modular 
construction projects. 
Lamprell’s modular fabrication 
and construction activities 
offer a number of  advantages 
over conventional construction. 
Fabrication and assembly are 
performed at our modernised 
facilities, allowing us to ensure 
that the project is undertaken 
on a cost-competitive basis 
whilst maintaining industry-
leading safety and quality 
standards. 

Oil & gas contracting 
services encompass our 
smaller business streams. 
Our Land Rig Services unit 
completed our first land rig 
built to Lamprell’s proprietary 
design; our E&C and Rig 
Refurbishment businesses 
enjoy reputations of  delivering 
quality products safely, within 
budget and on schedule; our 
O&M division has an excellent 
reputation for bringing our 
strong safety and quality 
culture into every yard in 
which it operates; and Sunbelt 
provides complete safety 
solutions to clients through 
specialised products and 
services.

31 new modules delivered for the Zakum 
UZ750 Abu Dhabi based project in 2016  

page 25

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016Employees 

Lamprell employs more than 5,000 people 
across multiple facilities, has project 
focused and experienced execution teams 
with multi-disciplinary engineers and a 
specialist commissioning department. 
We have a highly skilled workforce which 
benefits from our assessment and training 
centre and is led by a strong leadership 
team. Embedded within our organisation is 
a clear focus on safety and teamwork, two 
of  our core values.

3

e natio

e
y
o
l
p
m
E

t

l i

a

n

i e s as at 31 

D

e

c

e

m

b

e
r

2
0
1
6

37

yee g e

lo
p
m
E

e r

d

n

  split Mana

g

e

m

e

n

t

9%

2
0
1
6

91%

e

e

l emplo y

a
t
o
T

s   a s at 31 D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0
1
6

5,762

2015: 9,312

2015: 46

2015: male 92% female 8%

Order book

Our order book 2016 (USD million)   KPI
as at 31 December 2016

48.8

112.1

Two new major contracts  
awarded in H2 of  2016 

page 20

New build jackup rigs

Offshore platforms

Modules

Oil & gas contracting services

The order book at the end of  2016 totalled 
USD 393.4 million (31 December 2015: 
USD 739.7 million) and is mainly composed
of  the awards received late in the year, 
namely the Master Marine major upgrade 
and ScottishPower Renewables fabrication 
projects, as well as the remaining work to 
be done on the new build jackup rigs for 
NDC and Shelf  Drilling. 

3.6

New build jackup rigs

Offshore platforms

Modules

Oil & gas contracting services

48.8

112.1

3.6

228.9

228.9

Twelve rigs cold and warm 
stacked throughout 2016 

page 25

Importance of strategic 
location

With its primary fabrication yards located 
in Hamriyah, Sharjah and Jebel Ali, all of  
which are in the UAE, and facilities in Saudi 
Arabia through a joint venture called MIS 
Arabia, Lamprell is advantageously located 
allowing us to serve an international 
clientele. The Group has excellent facilities 
including fabrication space and deep 
water quayside berths which allow us to 
efficiently load out our projects and service 
our clients across the globe. Combined, 
the Group’s facilities cover over 800,000m2 
and almost 2km of  quayside. We also 
have access to a highly skilled low cost 
workforce, which allows us to offer a 
competitive cost structure to our clients.

Total quayside (m)

1,880 

Jubail

Hamriyah
Sharjah
Dubai

Jebel Ali

Total land (m2)

828,000

Nine jackup rigs refurbished 
throughout the year  

page 25

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
4

EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

BUILDING A 
FUTURE IN A 
DOWNTURN 

In tough times, it is easy to lose 
sight of  long-term ambitions amid 
immediate challenges. As the 
downturn continued to affect the 
energy industry, Lamprell worked 
hard to retain its strong position and 
focus on its future. 

Adapting to market environment   

The turbulence in the oil & gas market continued throughout 2016 
and Lamprell has had to adapt its business to respond to the 
changing market. Looking ahead, whilst there are early signs of  
recovery appearing, we expect that 2017 will probably be the 
toughest year to date for Lamprell. The timing of  our projects 
partially shielded us from the full impact of  the downturn, but the 
Group is now shifting from a period of  record activity in its facilities 
to a quieter 2017 as projects have progressed to final stages. 

This temporary scaling down is a consequence of  a general 
slowdown in project awards around the world. Bid pipeline 
conversions have been challenging, with many projects 
suffering delays. In the near term, diversification has proven 
difficult. However, we are able to draw on well-established and 
solid foundations as well as a long history of  technical and 
operational expertise, both to broaden our offering and to maintain 
performance during difficult times. 

In this context, the Group has adapted its strategy to the new 
environment and the Board has done an extensive analysis of  our 
core skills, to identify those transferable to other industries that 
are less affected by this downturn. This innovative approach led 
Lamprell to win a major windfarm contract from ScottishPower 
Renewables, following a very competitive process. As we expect 
the global jackup rig market to remain subdued for some time,  
we will be focusing our efforts on similar diversification strategies  
in the future. 

With profitability, prudent management and investor accountability 
in mind, the Board has also reviewed Lamprell’s cost base closely. 
We started the process of  reducing overheads early in 2016; in 
addition, we took a number of  difficult decisions to shrink and 
adapt the size of  the organisation to align with the expectations for 
the year ahead. We were strategic in our approach to personnel 
reductions to retain our competitive strengths so that Lamprell 
remains well positioned should industry conditions improve. 

We were also able to draw on our past experience to overcome 
the jacking equipment failures caused by the supplier which 
affected multiple rig projects in our yards in 2016. Under Jim 
Moffat’s leadership, our team showed extraordinary dedication, 
knowledge and teamwork to address the issues on all the jackup 
rigs impacted. Since then, Lamprell has successfully delivered the 
rig projects. 

Aiming higher 

I would like to thank Jim Moffat for his excellent work over the  
past four years to build strong foundations that will enable a 
promising future for Lamprell. I am delighted to welcome the  
new Chief  Executive, Christopher McDonald, whose primary task 
is to define and lead the way to a successful recovery and then 
growth of  the business. We also welcomed Nicholas Garrett as  
a new Non-Executive Director who was only recently appointed  
to the Board.

Considerable progress  
on our strategic objectives  
has been achieved:

Appointment of  a new CEO  
and successful transition  
from Jim Moffat 

Progressing towards a  
strategic alliance offering  
step-change growth  
opportunities

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 20165

Many elements of  this path to success are already in place. One 
of  Lamprell’s major strengths is its position within one of  the most 
important regions in the world of  oil & gas, the Middle East, with 
its vast reserves of  and economic reliance on hydrocarbons. 
Lamprell’s position here is optimal for an oilfield services business, 
and Saudi Arabia, the largest regional player, represents a 
significant potential source for growing our business. 

Last year, I outlined our focus on strategic partnerships and over 
the past year we have worked to deliver on this objective. Having 
signed a Memorandum of  Understanding on the Saudi Maritime 
Yard in January 2016, within months we had progressed it to the 
stage of  a Joint Development Agreement. This involved operational 
work-streams, with a focused team dedicated to due diligence 
and planning work, to ensure the project is viable for Lamprell as 
a company with public listing duties, and is in the interest of  its 
shareholders. The negotiations have progressed significantly since 
then and the partnership is working its way towards project final 
investment decision (“FID”). 

This project would offer Lamprell significant growth opportunities 
with a potential step-change in scale, but it is not the only strategic 
opportunity being explored and developed by the Group. With 
Christopher’s extensive experience in EPC, Lamprell is aiming to 
use its broad range of  capabilities to move up the value chain on 
larger projects. 

Enabling growth 

Whilst 2017 will be a tough year in terms of  revenue performance, 
the Board remains firmly focused on the Company’s longer-term 
vision. The Company has a strong balance sheet and we have 
implemented the necessary short-term measures to ensure 
Lamprell can ride out the storm; accordingly, we are able to focus 
on our strategic objectives, combining the benefits of  a fresh 
approach from Christopher McDonald and the strong foundations 
laid by Jim Moffat. 

Recognising that Lamprell celebrated its 40th anniversary in 2016, 
I would like to thank the many people that have contributed to its 
rich history. This depth of  experience and expertise provides me 
with confidence as we look to delivering our vision in the future.

John Kennedy
Executive Chairman

Ensuring the business  
is geared to face  
the downturn

Identifying opportunities  
for organic growth and  
diversification

KPI

Total shareholder return 

(3.4)%

2015: (17.8)%

STRATEGIC REPORT 
6

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

POSITIONED  
FOR GROWTH 

After a difficult 2016 and in 
anticipation of  a tougher 2017, 
Lamprell is focused on ensuring it 
is positioned to grow in the medium 
term. We have adapted the business 
structure to the tough current 
environment whilst investing time and 
effort into building for the future. 

Q. You joined Lamprell as CEO in October 2016 – what are your 
first impressions?

First of  all, I’ve been impressed by the excellent reputation 
Lamprell has for providing a ‘value for money’, safe and quality 
service which is clearly appreciated by our clients and has been 
created over four decades of  experience. I experienced Lamprell’s 
commitment to safety, quality and client service first-hand when 
I worked at Petrofac: Lamprell’s work on the Abu Dhabi project 
was high quality. With these strong foundations and an established 
track record, I see a large number of  growth opportunities within 
Lamprell’s reach in the coming years.

Q. What specific new skills do you bring to the Company?

With over 20 years of  experience in leading oil & gas services 
companies, I have a firm understanding of  the dynamics in the 
wider industry and the key drivers for success of  a business. Whilst 
I’m a mechanical engineer by training, my main strength lies in 
business development and I like to think ahead – anticipating the 
future demand and target market opportunities. In this way, we can 
develop Lamprell’s strategy to broaden its addressable markets 
and to identify and reach the best prospects.  

Q. What do you think of  the achievements of  your  
predecessor, Jim Moffat? 

During my period of  hand-over I came to appreciate Jim’s deep 
knowledge of  fabrication and yard operations. He has taken 
Lamprell to the next level, ensuring that we remain competitive 
notwithstanding the changing market landscape. Jim has also 
implemented a step change improvement in the HSE culture across 
the Lamprell Group. I believe the Company now has a strong base 
to deploy in new projects. 

Q. What are your priorities for your first full year as CEO?

I am focused on the immediate challenges facing the business 
and also on developing and implementing a strategy for Lamprell’s 
step-change growth in the medium term. Together with the rest 
of  the sector, we believe that we are approaching the bottom of  
the market downturn. Whilst we have healthy cash balances, we 
need to ensure that the business exits this period in a position of  
strength by retaining core competencies and maintaining our solid 
financial position. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016Q. What near-term measures have been undertaken to protect 
Lamprell’s position?

Over the past three years Lamprell has gradually undergone 
a material restructuring as a result of  which the Company has 
emerged more streamlined and efficient. As a newcomer I was 
impressed to see that considerable time and effort have been 
spent in developing Lamprell’s infrastructure and making it more 
productive and efficient through initiatives such as Project Evolution 
(productivity improvements and cost efficiencies installed in our 
yards) and the new ERP system. The overhead reduction effort has 
continued this year. 

As the market downturn deepened and in anticipation of  a 
difficult year in 2017, we had to right-size the organisation to 
align with the expected lower levels of  activity. It was a tough 
but necessary decision. Our administrative staff was reduced by 
approximately 20% through several rounds of  redundancies and 
I have purposefully flattened the management structure to be 
more flexible at a lower cost. We have approached this exercise 
with careful consideration, aiming to achieve the right balance in 
adjusting our cost-base without jeopardising our ability to rebound 
quickly with the early signs of  recovery. We have been mindful of  
the importance of  preserving our core skill-sets and I would like to 
thank all our staff for their hard work through these tough times.  

Q. When do you expect this recovery to occur?

I don’t underestimate the difficulties the sector has undergone 
over the past few years but I am fully confident that the long-term 
outlook will offer Lamprell significant opportunities for growth. 
2017 will probably be our most difficult year yet in terms of  top-
line performance, as there is often a substantial lag in awards 
for a typical E&C business model, but I’m starting to see early 
indications that a market recovery isn’t too far away. I am hopeful 
that in 2018 we will start seeing a pick-up in market activity.

Q. Are you expecting any particular challenges for 2017?

We need to stay on top of  our operational performance to eliminate 
any potential factors which could impact our results. Before  
I joined the Company, a significant issue with essential jackup  
rig equipment supplied by Cameron LeTourneau resulted in 
Lamprell having to reach a settlement with our client, Ensco, 
for delayed delivery. We resolved the technical issue and have 
since been on track with rig deliveries but we need to ensure our 
operational performance remains a key strength for Lamprell. That 
also applies to our need to ramp up as new projects kick off and 
we will be able to leverage our flexible labour structure to grow 
capacity quickly as our yards start filling up again.

Next, we need to define the path for Lamprell’s growth and ensure 
that all the right resources are in place. With this in mind, I have a 
keen focus on Lamprell’s business development capabilities and 
pipeline conversion, particularly in a prolonged downturn when 
competition for new projects will be fierce.

Q. Have you identified any gaps to fill in order to achieve long-term 
growth?

My priority is to set Lamprell in the strongest possible position to 
win new, profitable and strategically important business. For this 
we need to strengthen the Company in three directions: expanding 
the business development function, maintaining a competitive 
and attractive offering, and broadening Lamprell’s addressable 
markets. With my background in business development, I have 

7

identified ways to do this and to improve the sales function. We 
have already started diversifying our offering, and our renewables 
page 20 demonstrates 
win from ScottishPower Renewables 
how versatile our expertise is. The possibilities of  diversification 
for Lamprell are also in the scaling up of  its services, by targeting 
larger EPC projects and by tapping new markets where its skills 
are transferrable. Finally, I will continue Jim’s efforts to broaden our 
market reach and our potential partnership in Saudi Arabia is a 
prime example of  a step-change strategic initiative.

Q. What is your vision for the Group? How do you see the Saudi 
project playing a role in it?

In the longer term, I want Lamprell to materially grow in size 
compared to its best year outturn by performing value-added, 
profitable EPC work as a primary contractor for NOCs, IOCs and 
large international drillers. In the meantime we need to secure ways 
and means to achieve this target. We have a strong financial and 
operational platform, which we need to leverage to grow the scale 
at which we operate. The Saudi Maritime Yard, one of  the largest 
projects of  its kind in the world, is a partnership with leading 
global companies in their respective fields and so represents an 
extremely attractive opportunity to elevate Lamprell to the next 
level. Accordingly, as a Board we feel it is our duty to shareholders 
to explore it. Whilst Lamprell’s participation is still uncertain at this 
stage, our negotiations are progressing and I’m looking forward to 
shedding further light on this opportunity when I’m in a position to 
do so.

Q. In three words, how will you judge the success of  your  
first year in the job?

It takes longer to deliver on the long-term strategy for a business 
and I expect to see the market recovery in full swing before I get 
judged on my performance, but if  I had to describe it in three 
words then it would be: positioned for growth.

Christopher McDonald
Chief Executive Officer

KPI

Total awards (USD million) 

358.8

2015: USD 407.1m

STRATEGIC REPORT8

MARKETS, TRENDS, PIPELINE AND OPPORTUNITIES

COMPETITIVE 
PLAYER IN A 
CHALLENGING 
MARKET

Market conditions were tough 
throughout 2016 and the 2017 outlook 
remains challenging as operators 
approach investment cautiously. 
However, with some improvement in 
market sentiment, it is an appropriate 
time for key players such as Lamprell 
to plan for the longer term. 

Bid pipeline 2016 (USD billion)   KPI
as at 31 December 2016

0.2

1.1

0.3

Macro-economic factors and strategy 

In 1H 2016, energy prices hit ten-year lows but have since 
recovered and been relatively stable with Brent crude oil in a range 
of  USD 45-55/bbl between 1H 2016 and 1H 20171. This turnaround 
has been driven by the significant reductions in capex investment 
in the oil & gas sector and further underpinned by an agreement 
between OPEC and non-OPEC countries in 2H 2016 to reduce 
production by a combined 1.7 million barrels2. Accordingly, market 
analysts are projecting modest increases in energy prices over 
the course of  the next three to four years (interspersed with some 
volatility)3. This trend of  improving energy prices is expected, 
with a certain lag, to lead to increased capital investment. These 
green shoots of  recovery are likely to start slowly with a continued 
low rate of  project awards in 2017 but 7% higher than 20164. 
Such project awards will typically take 12 months or more to filter 
down the supply chain. In the longer term however, the outlook for 
the energy sector remains positive with growth in world energy 
consumption anticipated to rise by a forecast 1% per annum 
out to 20355. In the meantime, certain geographies and notably 
several within the Middle East, have made fewer cuts to their oil 
& gas capex programmes. This is driven by the region’s reliance 
on revenues from the hydrocarbon sector and also by their stated 
intention to maintain market share.

Targeting diversified business opportunities 

Lamprell has worked towards a diversified portfolio by targeting a 
wider set of  addressable markets. This is essential in light of  the 
current over supply of  jackup drilling rigs, resulting in few orders 
in the near term. Our highest priority is to gain access to the 
untapped but significant Saudi Arabian market, both through the 
proposed joint venture and through working on projects directly 
for key clients such as Saudi Aramco. Other opportunities exist in 
complementary industries where Lamprell can readily transfer its 
existing expertise such as fabrication for the offshore renewables 
sector, which has already grown by 28 mtoe from 2003 to 2015 and 
is expected to grow substantially in the coming decades5.

Bid pipeline and bidding activity 

Bid pipeline was approximately USD 2.5 billion at the  
end of 2016 (2015: USD 5.4 billion)

New awards valued at USD 358.8 million in 2016  
(2015: USD 407.1 million)

Shallow water fixed platforms represent the largest bid 
pipeline segment

New build jackups currently represent only 36% of total 
current prospects

With reducing day rates and utilisation levels for the world 
drilling fleet3, potential near-term opportunities for rig 
refurbishment and conversion work once industry recovers

Lamprell continues to market its proprietary LAM2K land 
rig to various clients

New build jackup rigs

0.9

Offshore platforms

Modules

Oil & gas contracting services

Prospects identified within the offshore wind sector 
building on the recent competitiveness

New build jackup rigs

XX%

Offshore platforms

Modules

Oil & gas contracting services

XX%

XX%

XX%

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016Market sectors and our opportunities

Offshore platforms 

Demand for shallow water EPC/
EPCI projects in the Middle 
East, particularly in Saudi 
Arabia, remains active with 
Saudi Aramco awarding several 
USD billion worth of  projects 
in 2016. With additional field 
development planned by 
Saudi Aramco to maintain and 
enhance field production in 
the medium term, Lamprell is 
actively working to participate 
in that market. The European 
offshore platform market 
is suffering the economic 
effects of  the lower oil price 
environment more acutely 
than the Middle East although 
there are opportunities in both 
the North Sea sectors. Given 
Lamprell’s recent contract win 
to build foundations for the UK 
offshore windfarm industry, 
we are also monitoring future 
new major windfarm projects 
closely including extensions 
to the East Anglia project 
itself. FPSO project awards 
have also declined with 2017 
expected awards lower than 
historic averages7, however this 
remains an important target for 
Lamprell in the future. 

New build jackup rigs

The global jackup drilling 
rig market is oversupplied 
with utilisation figures of  
approximately 49% in February 
20176 and that will continue 
throughout the year although 
many deliveries for the new 
build rigs under construction 
have been deferred. Drilling 
operators are preferring to 
stack their existing jackup 
rigs rather than scrap them 
because of  the low stacking 
charges but significant 
numbers of  rigs will have to be 
scrapped in order to normalise 
rig utilisation and drive new 
international orders. This is 
expected to be accelerated 
by the advanced age of  the 
world fleet. However, demand 
for operating rigs in the Middle 
East is projected to rise from 
113 to 120 rigs over the 12 
months to October 20176. 
Lamprell sees opportunities 
for new rig orders in Middle 
Eastern markets where 
domestic requirements may 
drive demand.

9

Oil & Gas contracting services 

Land rig and rig refurbishment 
projects have suffered 
significantly as a result of  
the low energy prices. The 
total rig count has declined 
by approximately 50% from 
December 2014 to the end of  
20166. Many rigs – onshore 
and offshore – have been 
stacked at low cost until the 
market recovers. Positively 
though, ‘warm-stacked’ 
jackup drilling rigs (such as 
those at Lamprell) are easier 
to redeploy once contracted 
and the stacking yard will 
often undertake refurbishment 
activities to make them ready 
for operations. Certain clients 
are also looking to fabricate 
major component parts for 
land rigs in anticipation of  new 
drilling work in the Middle East, 
which holds more than 40% of  
the global proven hydrocarbon 
reserves. Whilst many onshore 
greenfield projects have been 
delayed, the demand for routine 
operations and site works 
services is relatively constant 
as process operators maintain 
their essential safety and 
maintenance regimes through 
term maintenance contracts. 

Modules

With feedstock input pricing 
lower because of  oil prices, 
capex programmes associated 
with the downstream 
processing plants have been 
less affected by the downturn. 
In particular, the onshore EPC 
mid/downstream sectors in the 
Middle East remain targets for 
Lamprell. EPC contract awards 
in the GCC during 2016 were 
limited but EPC projects which 
support key hydrocarbons 
industries continue to be  
made as seen with more than 
USD 5 billion of  awards by 
Saudi Aramco in the 18 months 
to the end of  2016. Many such 
projects are being broken up in 
order to maximise efficiencies 
from the supply chain and this 
includes modularisation of  
certain components, much in 
the same way that Lamprell 
has been doing on the UZ750 
project for Abu Dhabi. In the 
LNG market, there is expected 
to be saturation until 20218 and 
new projects are unlikely to 
materialise in 2017. While LNG 
modular fabrication remains 
of  interest, this will be of  lower 
priority for the time being. 

1.  Goldman Sachs Research, Bloomberg
2.  The Guardian
3.  GS Research, Bloomberg
4.  Barclays E&P Spending Survey  

(on 15 global oil & gas companies)

5.  BP Outlook to 2035
IHS Petrodata  
6. 
– Short-term Trends Report

7.  Fearnley Offshore
8.  Poten & Partners, February 2016

STRATEGIC REPORT10

BUSINESS MODEL

FLEXIBLE 
BUSINESS 
MODEL

Relying on our key strengths, we look to 
deliver high quality products safely and at 
the best value, consistently time after time.

Creating long-term value 

The underlying business model for Lamprell is to provide high 
quality and reliable products and services that fully satisfy our 
clients’ requirements and that are delivered to industry-leading 
safety standards, at a competitive cost and acceptable margins. 
Maintaining historic margins during this industry downturn 
continues to be challenging as most competitors are focused 
heavily on delivering the lowest price. However, Lamprell has won 
new profitable work by using its competitive advantages to target 
the markets and clients which recognise the importance and 
value of  our key strengths. Building on this, Lamprell is targeting 
greater participation in larger and more complex EPC projects, in 
some cases in combination with project partners whose expertise 
complement Lamprell’s experience as the industry emerges from 
the current downturn.  

Our competitive advantages

First and foremost, our modernised facilities are strategically 
located in the Middle East which is arguably the most important 
region for oil & gas production in the world, with more than 40% 
of  the global proven hydrocarbon reserves1. As a result we are 
culturally aligned with client expectations for regional projects; 
there is also a financial benefit because transportation costs and 
risks for major construction projects in this region are reduced 
significantly as compared to delivery from yards in Asia.

We also have an established culture of  improvement, which has 
been developed over our 40 years of  existence and has been 
honed in particular by the management over the last three to four 
years through projects such as Compass (new ERP system) and 
Evolution. Overseen by a strong and experienced leadership team, 
these measures have been successful in ensuring the survival of  
Lamprell through the downturn and setting a robust foundation for 
growth when the market recovers.  

Most importantly, we work closely with clients to identify their 
requirements and execute a plan to deliver on our promises. 
Where there are issues that threaten the execution plan, we are 
transparent and work collaboratively with our clients to find a 
solution and overcome any challenges. In this way, we aim to 
create a long-term relationship of  trust with our clients.

1.  BP Outlook to 2035

K IN T O B

Client 

satisfaction

AC

T B

N

E

M

T

S

E

V

N

I

Reliable 

on time 

solutions

D

I

F

F

E

R

E

N

T

I

How our strengths add value

First class safety and quality

Lamprell has a strong commitment to health, safety, environment 
and security and is committed to continuously improving the safety 
performance of  our employees and contractors. 

Reliability

Lamprell has a proven reputation for quality standards and the 
delivery of  competitive products. We have a strong track record in 
our core markets for completing projects on time, to specification 
and on budget. This has enabled us to diversify our pipeline. 

Client satisfaction

Lamprell is committed to customer service and close client 
relationships throughout the project lifecycle. This has resulted in 
strong support from our major clients and a proud record of  repeat 
business.

Skilled workforce

Lamprell has a strong leadership team focused on delivering the 
Company’s strategy. We value our highly skilled, dedicated and 
flexible workforce and invest in their continued development to 
ensure excellent project delivery. Our access to a highly skilled, 
cost competitive workforce from Asia supports a competitive cost 
structure. 

Strategic location

Lamprell is advantageously located and has excellent facilities 
including over 800,000m2 of  fabrication space and almost 2km of  
deep water quayside access.  

S

S

E

S I N

U

Strategic 

location

B U S I N E S S DEVELOPMENT INSIG

H

T

S

Provide a competitive 

cost structure leveraging 

our key strengths

Focus on countries 

with growth markets and 

expand geographical 

reach

Greater 

NOC/IOC focus 

and manage-

ment of  strategic 

client accounts 

and relation-

ships

Engagement 

with EPC(I) 

companies 

based on target 

markets and 

prospects

A

T

E

Strong management 

and highly skilled, low 

P

R

cost workforce

O

D

U

C

T B

A

S

E

World-class safety 

and quality

D ON KEY STRENGTHS 

Focus on broader 

brand awareness/ 

recognition

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
11

B U S I N E S S DEVELOPMENT INSIG

H

T

S

Provide a competitive 
cost structure leveraging 
our key strengths

Focus on countries 
with growth markets and 

expand geographical 

reach

S

S

E

S I N

U

Strategic 

location

K IN T O B

AC
T B
N
E
M
T
S
E
V
N
I

Client 
satisfaction

Reliable 
on time 
solutions

D

I

F

F

E

R

E

N

T

I

Our values

At Lamprell, everything we do is built on the strong 
foundations created by our core values. Just as our beliefs 
guide us in our day-to-day operations, they also provide the 
framework to guide our growth. 

Safety
We deliver world-class safety 
standards and leave nothing to 
chance, so everyone goes home 
safely.

Fiscal responsibility
Because every employee influences 
our costs, we are all accountable 
to ensure that we achieve the most 
cost-effective solutions.

Integrity
We conduct our business honestly, 
with professional integrity, fairly and 
transparently, and we are open and 
ethical in our day-to-day dealings 
with all stakeholders.

Accountability
We deliver what we say we will.

Teamwork
We strive to work together with our 
stakeholders and believe great 
teams can achieve incredible 
things.

Greater 

NOC/IOC focus 
and manage-
ment of  strategic 
client accounts 
and relation-
ships

Engagement 
with EPC(I) 
companies 
based on target 
markets and 
prospects

A

T

E

Strong management 

and highly skilled, low 

P

R

cost workforce

O

D

U

C

T B

A

S

E

Focus on broader 

brand awareness/ 
recognition

World-class safety 
and quality

D ON KEY STRENGTHS 

STRATEGIC REPORT 
12

STRATEGY

BUILDING ON 
STRATEGIC 
PILLARS

By 2020 Lamprell aims to be a 
leading global fabrication and EPC 
service provider to the energy 
industry, consistently delivering 
safe, high quality, competitive, on 
time solutions to our customers 
while providing steady growth 
and predictable returns for our 
shareholders. 

WHAT WE ARE
GOOD AT

Safety

Integrity

Quality

Fiscal responsibility

Systems and procedures

Teamwork

On time delivery

State-of-the-art facilities

Client relationship

Cost efficiencies

Continuous improvement

WHAT THE 
CLIENT WANTS

Safety

Competitive 
delivery model

Reliability

Delivery excellence

Local content

Productivity

Balance sheet

Risk transfer

Risk management

WHERE WE ARE GOING

HOW WE DO IT 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Maintain position as a regional market 

leading jackup rig builder servicing 

clients with niche requirements.

Maintain our market leading position in jackup rig 

refurbishment based on differentiated competitive 

‘one stop shop’ service solutions.

Broaden our offshore platform 

fabrication offering.

Broaden our onshore module fabrication 

service offering and target large scale 

downstream projects.

Implementing a strategy to enter into the

Saudi Arabian market including the potential 

investment in the Saudi Maritime Yard.

Continue to offer differentiated service 

offerings to our regional land rig, E&C and O&M 

markets and maintain market share position.

We aim to deliver our 

long-term sustainable 

growth through competitive 

fabrication and delivery 

excellence. This includes:

Investment in a new pipe shop

Continuous investment in 

improving and upgrading our 

facilities for enhanced and 

additional production

Reinforce business 

development, targeting growth 

countries and strengthening 

relationships with clients and 

EPC contractors

Target strategic alliances in our 

core markets

Our ability to deliver on our vision is based on a number of  
strategic objectives, that is to say building blocks from which 
the strategy can be developed and implemented, and the vision 
ultimately achieved.  

Lamprell has an international reputation for building complex 
offshore and onshore process modules as well as fixed platforms 
and topsides, and holds leading market positions in the delivery 
of  EPC projects such as jackup drilling rigs and multi-purpose 
liftboats. We also have a proven track record for a variety of  oil 
& gas contracting services such as land rigs, rig refurbishment 
projects and for our maintenance operations and site works 
services. This reputation has been earned over the course of   
40 years of  business and the depth of  our experience reflects  
the maturity of  the business.

In order to diversify our revenue streams more evenly across 
the portfolio and generate sustainable growth, we have a stated 

intention to broaden our addressable markets. We will pursue this 
in a variety of  ways. We have successfully extended our client 
base into new top tier clients over the last two to three years and 
this remains a key priority. We are adapting our expertise in ways 
to apply transferable skills into complementary sectors. Our bid 
pipeline is constantly being refined and updated to reflect the 
changing circumstances of  the market and to take into account 
these new markets. Looking further to the future, we have a broader 
prospects pipeline which considers both our strategic objectives 
and those target prospects which align with them. 

We are building our capabilities to take on larger and more 
complex EPC projects. Depending on the size of  a project, we may 
look to create and develop partnerships that enable participation 
in the project and offer the greatest potential to grow the business 
going forward. We speak to potential partners in connection with 
participation in a single project or on a longer-term basis, such as 
seen with the Saudi Maritime Yard. We recognise that this can often 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016WHAT WE ARE

GOOD AT

Safety

Integrity

Quality

Fiscal responsibility

Systems and procedures

Teamwork

On time delivery

State-of-the-art facilities

Client relationship

Cost efficiencies

Continuous improvement

WHAT THE 

CLIENT WANTS

Safety

Competitive 

delivery model

Reliability

Delivery excellence

Local content

Productivity

Balance sheet

Risk transfer

Risk management

WHERE WE ARE GOING

HOW WE DO IT 

13

We aim to deliver our 
long-term sustainable 
growth through competitive 
fabrication and delivery 
excellence. This includes:

Investment in a new pipe shop

Continuous investment in 
improving and upgrading our 
facilities for enhanced and 
additional production

Reinforce business 
development, targeting growth 
countries and strengthening 
relationships with clients and 
EPC contractors

Target strategic alliances in our 
core markets

1

2

3

4

5

6

Maintain position as a regional market 
leading jackup rig builder servicing 
clients with niche requirements.

Maintain our market leading position in jackup rig 
refurbishment based on differentiated competitive 
‘one stop shop’ service solutions.

Broaden our offshore platform 
fabrication offering.

Broaden our onshore module fabrication 
service offering and target large scale 
downstream projects.

Implementing a strategy to enter into the
Saudi Arabian market including the potential 
investment in the Saudi Maritime Yard.

Continue to offer differentiated service 
offerings to our regional land rig, E&C and O&M 
markets and maintain market share position.

be in the clients’ best interests as this improves competition in the 
market and it allows specialist businesses to team up and provide 
the best-in-class solution to suit a client’s needs. This is aligned 
with our objective of  providing best value for money.

We have core values of  Safety, Fiscal Responsibility, Integrity, 
page 11; we ensure that our 
Accountability and Teamwork 
workforce understands the importance of  them in our business 
and we apply them in our practices and processes. Along with our 
key strengths, they help us to differentiate our offering and to define 
a clear roadmap to achieve our strategic vision for Lamprell.

STRATEGIC REPORT14

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

MANAGING RISK  
IN A BUSINESS 
ENVIRONMENT 

Lamprell uses risk management 
processes within each business area 
across the organisation to ensure 
that business decisions are balanced 
appropriately against Group strategic 
objectives.

Implementing an improved risk management process 

In 2016, we continued to develop our existing risk management 
processes to provide a framework whereby decisions take 
account of  possible impacts to the project and the wider 
business. The process reported in previous years has been 
retained whereby all risks are ranked taking into account both a 
probability and an impact assessment, and on a gross (pre-
mitigation) and net (post-mitigation) basis. We have worked to 
streamline the process of  development of  mitigation plans that 
follow from such rankings and refine the process and strategy 
associated with the monitoring of  these plans by allocated 
risk owners. Our senior management team meets regularly to 
review Lamprell’s risk processes which includes the following 
components:

•  early identification of  risks within projects and the  

wider business

•  more comprehensive audit assessments

•  thorough risk management strategies based on the ability  

to identify clear risk trends experienced by the Group

•  improved contingency management

Our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) system continues to be 
fundamental for achieving a clear focus on the profile and trend 
of  risks that Lamprell faces and we continue to utilise this system 
for identification, reporting and management of  our enterprise 
risks. The ERM process and all major risks are reviewed between 
senior management and the Audit & Risk Committee twice a 
year, as a minimum. 

Principal risks and uncertainties for Lamprell 

Our profiling of  project risks confirms that the strategic category 
has the highest number of  key risks for this reporting period 
and we consider this to be a fair reflection of  the continued 
uncertainty that the energy industry is facing. Lamprell 
implements appropriate risk mitigation plans and activities in 
order to minimise the potential impact of  each risk. 

Analysis of   
risks within 
our business

High risk

Medium risk

Low risk

Strategic

Financial

Operational

Compliance and legal

50%

60%

100%

33%

50%

40%

67%

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201615

Strategic risks

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

Macro-economic  
conditions 

Risk to strategy

high

Risk change

unchanged

Lack of product  
diversification 

Risk to strategy

high

Risk change

unchanged

With the continuing energy market 
downturn, a fall in the levels of  
expenditure by oil & gas and 
renewable energy companies may 
impact demand for Lamprell’s 
products and services. The 
timeline for any such demand may 
also be affected by the potential 
for delay in project awards and 
execution due to re-alignment of  
project investment decisions in the 
market.

•  Strong network of  market intelligence sources to ensure Lamprell is 
kept aware of  viable opportunities and associated project timelines 
in addressable markets.

•  Refinement of  Group strategy 

page 12 to allow for exploration of  

new (and existing) geographical markets which offer potential for 
growth.

•  Development, where appropriate, of  strategic alliances/partnerships 

enhancing competitiveness for the penetration of  markets. 

•  Regular use of  Client Relationship Management systems to 

ensure existing relationships are maintained and that new, viable 
opportunities are investigated appropriately.  

•  Strong balance sheet and cash position; low gearing.

A significant proportion of  
Lamprell’s revenue derives from 
new build jackup rigs, which 
places undue reliance on demand 
for a single product line. Such 
reliance is exacerbated by current 
energy market conditions which 
have led to a reduction of  new 
build investment programmes 
by rig owners and/or operators. 
Without diversification of  its 
product line portfolio, the 
Company’s revenue streams could 
be threatened by a prolonged 
downturn in the rig market.

•  Strategy continues to focus on diversification of  business streams 

away from new build jackup rigs. 

•  Maintaining a strong bid and prospect pipeline that targets growth 

markets to diversify the portfolio.

•  Development of  a strong brand awareness campaign for new target 

markets.

•  The forming of  strategic alliances to enable access to additional 

sectors.

•  Strong balance sheet enabling access to other markets. 

Strategic

Financial

Operational

Compliance and legal

50%

60%

100%

33%

50%

40%

67%

High risk

Medium risk

Low risk

STRATEGIC REPORT16

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Strategic risks continued

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

The Group’s dependency on 
a relatively small number of  
contracts, coupled with a core 
customer group in certain 
business sectors, means that 
strong client relationships and a 
good reputation are critical for a 
sustainable business. Lamprell is 
dependent on its ability to provide 
on time, high quality products and 
services at low cost to remain 
successful in the current, highly 
competitive market. 

In order to diversify its client and 
product base, Lamprell actively 
investigates opportunities for 
viable joint ventures and consortia. 
In addition, Group entities may 
partner with a regional third 
party prior to offering products 
to a particular market due to 
legal requirements. Failure to 
adequately determine liabilities 
between the parties in any such 
arrangements could expose the 
Group to broader regulatory, 
contractual and/or project 
execution risks.

•  Focus on delivering high quality products and services that will 

provide a robust platform for repeat business.

•  Clear business objectives and business development goals exist in 

each business sector. 

•  Client account management structure ensures that good, effective 

client relationships are maintained.

•  Successful implementation of  Project Evolution has enabled 

cost reductions and productivity improvements, maintaining our 
competitiveness. 

•  Thorough due diligence of  proposed partner using internal and 

external resources.

•  Legal review of  all agreements to ensure adequacy of  terms and 
conditions and sufficient contractual protection to the Group. 

•  Board visibility of  key relationships and key risks via reporting 

through senior management. 

•  Appointment of  external advisory experts when necessary.

•  A recent example of  a potential joint venture is the new opportunity 

in Saudi Arabia.

Ability to win new 
work 

Risk to strategy

high

Risk change

unchanged

Third party  
alliances 

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

unchanged

Financial risks

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

Availability of 
funding 

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

unchanged

Counterparty  
credit risk

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

unchanged

The Group’s growth in the longer 
term will be dependent on the 
availability of  financing through 
dept or equity. Debt financing 
typically includes banking 
covenants which, if  breached, 
would constitute an event of  
default.

•  Solid balance sheet. 

•  Medium-term debt facility in place until mid-2019 providing a 

financial platform. 

•  Maintain close working relationship with banking syndicate with a 
view to considering options for alternative or improved financing 
terms/facilities. 

•  Group financial reporting structure includes long range plan 

indicating future funding needs and cashflow planning/forecasts.

•  Strong modelling structure to ensure covenants are aligned with 

business plan.

Lamprell provides goods and 
services to many third party 
entities and is therefore subject 
to the risk of  non-payment by 
these parties. It also relies on 
the liquidity of  its suppliers to 
deliver goods and services. 
Failure by counterparties to 
adhere to payment and/or liquidity 
obligations in line with contractual 
arrangements may result in 
Lamprell suffering losses or 
reduced revenues.

•  Credit checks are conducted internally and through expert third 
party providers for new counterparties or in support of  major 
contracts.

•  Negotiation of  contract terms to mitigate payment exposure, 
including the request for additional financial security where 
appropriate. 

•  Effective contract management during project execution phase to 
ensure prompt and appropriate action in the event of  default. 

•  Contractual protection against non-payment provides the Group 

with a right of  remedy in the event of  delays/non-payment.  

•  Project debt facility only available for use by top tier clients.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
 
17

Financial risks continued

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

•  Regular review of  foreign exchange rates and appropriate 

subsequent action.

•  The use of  derivatives to hedge currency exposure where 

appropriate.

•  Measures taken to minimise the effect of  potential fluctuations 

through contractual arrangements to the extent possible.

If  the ties between the US Dollar 
and UAE Dirham were changed 
the Group’s competitiveness 
may be materially affected. In 
addition, diversification of  client 
and product portfolio may mean 
that Lamprell enters into contracts 
governed by other currencies. 
Severe currency fluctuations or 
political events may affect the 
strength of  that currency which 
may in turn affect the revenue 
received by Lamprell.

Exchange rate risk 

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

increased

Legal risks

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

The energy market downturn 
and an increasingly competitive 
market have strengthened 
clients’ bargaining power over 
contract terms. This could make 
Lamprell subject to onerous 
terms for product defects, 
faulty workmanship or errors 
in design under its contractual 
arrangements for new projects. In 
turn, this could impact revenue or 
earnings as a result of  breach or 
non-performance.

•  Potential contract risks identified and assessed at the outset 

following a risk review and full due diligence process, with mitigation 
plans created.

•  C-Suite visibility of  contractual risks during negotiation phase to 
ensure any agreed terms are aligned with corporate strategy. 

•  Briefing of  project team personnel prior to project execution to 
ensure the potential impact of  contractual risks are understood.

•  Lessons learned from earlier projects used to influence work 

scopes.

•  External advisory experts engaged for advice and input, where 

necessary. 

Contractual  
commitments  

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

unchanged

Operational risks

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

Information  
management  
systems and  
cyber risks 

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

unchanged

Lamprell continues to rely heavily 
on information technology 
systems, including crucial 
business management software 
and our enterprise resources 
planning systems. In the event 
of  a cyber attack on technology 
systems, activities of  the Group 
may be severely disrupted and 
subsequently, operations may be 
adversely affected. 

•  Senior management visibility and support of  IT security to drive risk 

awareness within the business.

•  Regular employee cyber security training and awareness 

campaigns.

•  Simulated disaster scenarios to ensure that recovery plans and 

procedures react adequately in practice. 

•  Engagement of  third party organisations to undertake penetration 

test exercises to confirm IT security readiness.

Viability statement 

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of  
the 2016 revision of  the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and taking into account 
the Group’s principal risks, the Directors 
have assessed the prospect of  the 
Company over a longer period than the  
12 months required by the ‘Going Concern’ 
provision. The Board conducted this review 
for a period of  three years, which was 
selected for the following reasons: (i) The 
Group’s strategic review covers a period 
with visibility on projects extending out 
for more than two years; (ii) most major 

projects undertaken by the Group last for 
a period of  approximately two years; and 
(iii) the Company has a reasonable ability 
to project its likely backlog for a period of  
between two and three years.

The three year strategic review considers 
the Group’s cash flows, dividend cover, 
available debt and other key financial ratios 
over the period. These metrics are subject 
to sensitivity analysis which involves 
flexing a number of  the main assumptions 
underlying the forecast both individually 
and in unison. Where appropriate, this 
analysis is carried out to evaluate the 

potential impact of  the Group’s principal 
risks actually occurring. The three-year 
review also makes certain assumptions 
about the normal level of  capital recycling 
likely to occur and considers whether 
additional financing facilities will be 
required. Based on the results of  this 
analysis, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be 
able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the three-
year period of  their assessment.

STRATEGIC REPORT 
18

FINANCIAL REVIEW

STEADY  
UNDERLYING 
PERFORMANCE  
IN A CHANGING  
MARKET 

In these difficult times, Lamprell 
managed to maintain a commendable 
level of  underlying profitability. Our 
operating margins were driven by 
solid execution, and supported by 
cost-cutting, as well as savings from 
efficiency and productivity measures. 

KPI

EBITDA 
(USD million)

30.6

2015: USD 90.0m

Results from operations

As the industry downturn continued, Lamprell performed steadily, 
albeit with lower inflow of  work than expected. Our overall 
underlying profitability has been stable but was affected by the 
impact from the settlement with Ensco following a delay caused by 
an issue with essential jackup equipment provided by Cameron  
LeTourneau. 

Lamprell’s total revenue for the year was USD 705.0 million. 
Revenue was impacted by the USD 25 million settlement with 
Ensco as a result of  delayed delivery, with total revenue from new 
build jackup rigs, the main revenue stream, finishing the year below 
management expectations. 

The extension of  scope on the Zadco project for Petrofac and  
the award of  the additional pipe racks supported revenue levels  
of  USD 40.8 million from the modular construction business.  
E&C (which forms part of  the Oil & Gas Contracting Services 
business unit) maintained good top-line performance generating 
USD 15.6 million in revenue.

The global slowdown in activity resulted in significantly lower levels 
of  walk-in business when compared to our historical performance. 
Most of  the stacked rigs in our yards remained inactive, and 
therefore their contribution to our rig refurbishment business was 
negligible. Overall the Rig Refurbishment business unit generated 
USD 20.2 million, down significantly from USD 53.4 million in 
2015. Throughout 2016 we completed nine refurbishment projects 
and by 31 December 2016 we had 12 stacked rigs in our yards. 
Our largest current refurbishment project is the Master Marine 
conversion and we expect performance from Rig Refurbishment  
to improve in 2017.

Margin performance

The Group’s gross profit decreased to USD 57.2 million  
from USD 123.5 million the previous year, due to the impact  
of  the Ensco settlement and lower revenues arising from the 
difficult market conditions. The Ensco settlement has resulted  
in a USD 42.6 million reduction in our profitability for the year. 
Excluding the effect of  the Ensco settlement, our underlying  
gross profit was USD 99.8 million. The underlying gross profit 
margin was 13.7%, slightly below 2015 levels.

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Continued cost management and flexibility

Flexibility in yard staff1

4,051

1.  The above numbers exclude externally seconded yard staff.

Successful cost reduction 

7,175

6,126

8,221

8,446

1,178

98

1,575

1,695

115

130

1,941

1,981

144

154

Overheads (USD million)

Admin staff

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201619

Continued cost management and flexibility

Flexibility in yard staff1

4,051

7,175

6,126

8,221

8,446

1.  The above numbers exclude externally seconded yard staff.

Successful cost reduction 

1,178

98

1,575

1,695

115

130

1,941

1,981

144

154

Overheads (USD million)

Admin staff

Gross margin 

8.1%

2015: 14.2%

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Our underlying EBITDA, excluding the settlement with Ensco, 
was USD 73.2 million (2015: USD 90.0 million). The Group’s 
underlying EBITDA margin remained stable at 10.4% versus 
10.3% in 2015, but post-settlement with Ensco it reduced  
to 4.3%.

Finance costs and financing activities

Net finance costs in the period decreased to USD 9.9 million 
(2015: USD 12.0 million). Gross finance costs were lower  
due to a reduction in charges for bank guarantees. Finance 
income was marginally up due to higher interest rates on  
cash deposits. 

Net (loss)/profit before exceptional items

The Group recorded a loss before exceptional items for  
2016 attributable to the equity holders of  USD 0.4 million 
(2015: profit of  USD 64.7 million), having been significantly 
impacted by the USD 42.6 million settlement with Ensco.  
The fully diluted loss per share for the year was 53.94 cents 
(2015: earnings per share – 18.84 cents).

Goodwill impairment

The ongoing challenging market conditions, in particular 
within the new build jackup business segment has resulted in 
the goodwill that arose on the acquisition of  MIS (USD 180.5 
million) in 2011 being impaired in full. Further details are 
provided in Note 17 of  the financial statements.

Capital expenditure

Our investment in Project Evolution was mostly complete 
by the end of  last year, with USD 6.3 million invested in 
2016, mainly on the connection of  the Hamriyah facility to 
the national electricity grid.  In light of  the prevailing market 
conditions, we felt it prudent to defer part of  our investment  
in Project Evolution Phase 2, postponing almost USD 18 million 
of  expenditure. As a result, Lamprell managed to reduce  
its capital expenditure significantly in 2016, with a total of   
USD 25.6 million spent compared to USD 59.3 million  
in 2015. At the same time, we continued to benefit from 
savings generated from last year’s investment in yard 
efficiencies, which was one of  the factors that allowed  
us to maintain our normalised underlying margins in the 
ongoing tough environment.  

STRATEGIC REPORT20

FINANCIAL REVIEW

East Anglia One 
contract value

USD 225m

Lowestoft

United Kingdom

France

Two prestigious new contracts 
awarded in 2H 

Lamprell received a contract from ScottishPower Renewables 
(SPR) in November 2016 for the fabrication of  60 jackets and 
piles for the “East Anglia One” windfarm. This is a significant 
award for Lamprell, valued at approximately USD 225 million, 
and represents a big step forward in servicing the fast-growing 
renewables segment. Lamprell has a clear goal to expand its 
footprint into the wider energy industry and this project allows 
us to demonstrate how we can provide high quality, safe 
products in other areas of  the energy industry and gives us a 
solid platform to diversify our business streams.

In addition, in September 2016 Lamprell announced that it 
had received a new contract award, valued at approximately 
USD 90 million, from Jacktel AS, a wholly owned subsidiary 
of  Master Marine AS, for the upgrade of  the mobile operating 
unit “Haven” as an accommodation service vessel for the 
Statoil “Johan Sverdrup” field, offshore Norway. The scope of  
work includes procurement, construction and installation of  
extended legs and new suction caissons. 

KPI

Net cash  
(USD million)

275.2

31 December 2015: USD 210.3m

Cash flow and liquidity

The Group’s net cash flow from operating activities for 2016 
reflected a net inflow of  USD 99.9 million (2015: net outflow of  
USD 0.8 million), which was driven by decreased working capital 
requirements due to a number of  projects reaching their final 
stages and milestones due on delivery being collected. Prior to 
working capital movements and the payment of  employees’ end of  
service benefits, the Group’s net cash inflow was USD 41.1 million 
(2015: inflow of  USD 95.0 million).

Balance sheet

The Group’s total current assets at the period end were USD 616.8 
million (2015: USD 725.3 million), with a significant reduction in 
trade receivables as projects have reached their completion. The 
Group’s net cash position has strengthened further as our working 
capital position has reduced as projects are delivered. Our closing 
net cash of  USD 275.2 million at the end of  the reporting period 
(2015: USD 210.3 million) includes low levels of  advance payments 
from customers. Shareholders’ equity decreased from USD 737.6 
million in 2015 to USD 555.4 million in 2016. The movement mainly 
reflects a reduction in retained earnings from USD 410.4 million 
to USD 229.8 million due to the impairment of  USD 180.5 million 
recognised during the year.

Borrowings and debt 

In 2016, following the refinancing in 2014, the Group’s facilities 
comprised (a) a USD 100 million term loan amortised over five 
years, of  which USD 40 million had been repaid by the end of  
the year; (b) USD 50 million for general working capital purposes 
which remained unutilised; and (c) USD 200 million of  working 
capital for project financing, also undrawn. During 2016, the USD 
250 million committed bonding facility to be used in connection 
with new contract awards funded by the above working capital 
facility, was reduced by USD 100 million as it was replaced by 
lower cost bilateral bonding facilities. The outstanding borrowings 
were USD 59.5 million in the form of  term loans (2015: USD 79.3 
million). The Group’s debt to equity ratio at the end of  the year was 
a healthy 10.7% (2015: 10.8%).

Going concern

After reviewing its cash flow forecasts for a period of  not less than 
12 months from the date of  signing these financial statements, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. The Group therefore continues to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing its financial statements.

Dividends

In the context of  ongoing market challenges and the anticipated 
lower revenue in 2017, the Directors do not recommend the 
payment of  a dividend for 2016. The Directors will continue to 
review this position in light of  market conditions at the relevant time.  

Antony Wright
Chief Financial Officer

KPI

Safety TRIR

(rate per 200,000 manhours)

Description

Key lagging indicators 

showing the Group’s safety 

0.29

performance.

0.31

0.28

705

871

1,085

Revenue

(USD million)

Description

Measures level of  operating 

activity and size of  business.

KPI

Underlying profit

(USD million)

Description

Measures net profitability 

of  continuing operations 

before exceptional items.

44.3

66.5

93.2

KPI

Net cash

(USD million)

Description

Measures financial health 

after deduction of  liabilities 

275.2

such as debt.

210.3

272.6

EPS (diluted)

(US cents)

2016

(53.94)

18.84

37.38

Description

Measures net profitability 

of  the business (refer to 

note 13 to the financial 

statements).

KPI

New awards

(USD million)

359

407

Description

Indicates total awards/new 

work won during the year.

1,400

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016PERFORMANCE 
AFFECTED  
BY MARKET
CONDITIONS

21

KPI

Safety TRIR
(rate per 200,000 manhours)

0.29

0.31

0.28

Description
Key lagging indicators 
showing the Group’s safety 
performance.

Revenue
(USD million)

Description
Measures level of  operating 
activity and size of  business.

705

871

1,085

KPI

Underlying profit
(USD million)

44.3

66.5

93.2

Description
Measures net profitability 
of  continuing operations 
before exceptional items.

KPI

Net cash
(USD million)

Description
Measures financial health 
after deduction of  liabilities 
such as debt.

210.3

275.2

272.6

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

EPS (diluted)
(US cents)

2016

(53.94)

18.84

37.38

Description
Measures net profitability 
of  the business (refer to 
note 13 to the financial 
statements).

KPI

New awards
(USD million)

359

407

Description
Indicates total awards/new 
work won during the year.

1,400

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

STRATEGIC REPORTChanges to the workforce

Winning major new awards proved to be challenging in 2016 and 
this, along with the completion of  our major project cycles, meant 
that the Group had to take some tough decisions and downsize the 
business significantly. As a consequence of  the four rig deliveries 
in the second half  of  2016, Lamprell’s yard workforce was reduced 
from a peak of  almost 8,000 employees in March 2016 to around 
4,000 by year end. This is expected to decrease further in 1H 
2017 as the final three rigs are delivered to our clients but then 
ramp up again as the new projects commence operations. This 
will be a key focus for the Group’s operations particularly given the 
need for specialist welders among the new hires. Lamprell aims to 
optimise working schedules so that existing employees transfer from 
completing projects to the new ones.

In addition, with a view to align the overhead costs with the lower 
projected revenues for 2017, the Group undertook several rounds 
of  redundancies during 2016 as well as a voluntary redundancy 
programme in the middle of  the year. The admin staff reduced by a 
approximately 20% and this includes a number of  departures at the 
senior management level. With this flattened management structure, 
the next level of  management now reports directly into the CEO who 
is more directly accountable for the success of  the business.

Competition in the marketplace

Throughout 2016 the Group had a strong focus on business 
development with a number of  sizeable bids submitted. In addition, 
Lamprell’s focus on strong relationships as future sources of  
business also delivered two potentially important partnerships.  
In March 2016, the Group agreed to explore FPSO opportunities 
jointly with Dubai Drydocks. The second, more significant joint 
development agreement was signed by Lamprell with Saudi Aramco, 
Bahri and Hyundai Heavy Industries in May 2016. The partners are 
assessing the possibility for a new major maritime yard in the eastern 
region of  Saudi Arabia in detail with a view to making a FID in the 
coming months. This is a major project and it has the potential to 
have a transformational impact on Lamprell’s future.

The second half  of  the year also saw the Group win two new 
significant contracts from major clients, the first in respect of  an 
upgrade of  a mobile operating unit destined for use in Norway and 
the second for the fabrication of  60 foundation jackets and piles 
to be used in the “East Anglia One” windfarm, offshore the UK. It 
was a positive end to the year although the Group continues to take 

22

OPERATIONAL REVIEW

PERFORMING 
AND  
DELIVERING 

Lamprell’s operational performance has 
been resilient with record activity levels 
on its rig projects in spite of  technical 
issues with the Cameron LeTourneau rig 
jacking systems which were successfully 
resolved. The Group has also taken 
steps to maintain its competitive position 
against the backdrop of  difficult industry 
conditions.

Operations review

2016 proved to be an extremely busy year for Lamprell despite 
the prolonged industry downturn, thanks to the substantial 
order intake achieved in prior years. This meant that the 
business saw high activity levels throughout the year with the 
Hamriyah yard operations reaching record activity levels as 
seven rigs were built concurrently for the first time. This was 
made possible through the yard optimisation and process 
improvements achieved during Project Evolution, which allowed 
Lamprell to optimise build schedules and execution plans.

Four new build jackup rigs were successfully delivered to 
key clients – Ensco, Shelf  Drilling and NDC – during 2H 
2016. While the Company’s yards were busy, it was not a 
year without substantial challenges. In 1H 2016, Lamprell 
experienced significant delays in the delivery of  the Ensco 
140 rig due to failures caused by the Cameron LeTourneau 
jacking equipment. As a result Lamprell was obliged to agree 
a financial settlement with Ensco for the late delivery; however 
the technical issues were resolved enabling timely delivery on 
the subsequent rigs including those planned for 2017.

Following the implementation of  Project Evolution in 2015, 
Lamprell operations staff worked to embed the improvements 
into our activities and we have benefited from them financially 
through solid underlying margins and our ability to remain 
competitive. We also commenced Phase 2 of  Project Evolution 
including the rationalisation of  our facility yard space and 
installation of  a new state-of-the-art pipe shop. However, further 
investment has been deferred until late 2017 while we manage 
our cash reserves during the downturn. As part of  our drive  
to reduce costs in 2016, we decided not to renew several 
short-term lease agreements, resulting in a net reduction  
in our yard acreage.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016all necessary steps to maintain its competitiveness in the face of  
significant competition for the limited number of  projects planned 
for award in 2017. In light of  the four rig deliveries in 2H 2016, the 
backlog has decreased as expected and is now mainly comprised  
of  the two awards in late 2016 plus the remaining works to be done 
on the final three rig deliveries. 

New build jackup rigs 

Highlights

A record seven jackup rigs concurrently constructed in the Hamriyah 
facility

Four rigs delivered to three clients in 2H 2016

Technical issues with Cameron LeTourneau jacking system resolved

Trading review

Although Lamprell successfully delivered four of  the seven rigs that 
were being constructed in its Hamriyah facility in 2016, Lamprell’s 
operating performance in the period was dominated by the technical 
issues with the Cameron LeTourneau-supplied jacking equipment 
on the Ensco 140 jackup rig. During commissioning and testing, 
a technical issue was identified and, despite finding a resolution, 
there was a substantial delay before successful delivery to Ensco in 
August. Following resolution of  the issues, Lamprell worked closely 
with the clients and with Cameron LeTourneau to ensure that there 
were no further delays on any of  the other rig projects. The “Shelf  
Chaopraya” rig was delivered to Shelf  Drilling in September, the 
“Ensco 141” rig in November and finally the “Al Gharbia” rig was 
delivered as planned to NDC near the year end. The three rigs for 
2017 have all progressed on schedule, with one already delivered  
to NDC in early 2017, and the remaining two will be delivered  
as planned.

23

Four jackup rigs delivered in 2016

In 2016 Lamprell delivered four jackup drilling rigs to three 
key clients. August saw the delivery of  the “Ensco 140” rig 
closely followed by its sister vessel “Ensco 141” in November 
to Ensco Intercontinental GmbH. “Shelf  Chaopraya” was 
successfully delivered to Shelf  Drilling in September and  
the final rig to be delivered in 2016 was “Al Gharbia”, which 
we delivered to our largest client, National Drilling Company, 
in December. 

STRATEGIC REPORT24 OPERATIONAL REVIEW

Successful deliveries for 
prestigious Kaombo project 

Lamprell successfully delivered ten suction piles for client 
Heerema Marine Contractors in 2H 2016. The suction 
piles were then deployed in the deep waters of  Angola 
by the Heerema offshore team. Lamprell also started 
fabrication on the 18 buoyancy tanks in 2016 which will be  
delivered in early 2017. There has been a standout safety 
performance on this project as the project celebrated two 
million manhours without a DAFWC by the end of  2016.

Offshore platforms

Highlights

Major contract award for foundations from ScottishPower  
Renewables (SPR)

Lamprell targeting offshore projects in new markets

Trading review

In November, after extensive negotiations and amid fierce 
competition, Lamprell received a contract award from SPR for 
the fabrication of  60 jackets and piles for the “East Anglia One” 
windfarm, in the North Sea. It is a large scale project which will  
utilise 102 turbines, each with a capacity of  7 megawatts (MW),  
and it is expected to generate power for more than 500,000 homes 
every year. The contract value is approximately USD 225 million  
and the deliveries to the client are scheduled to be made between 
March and October 2018.  

Lamprell is applying its traditional skills and transferring them for 
use on new markets, whether by sector such as with SPR or by 
geography. With this in mind, we have also agreed to work with 
Dubai Drydocks to identify opportunities for cooperation on FPSO/
FPU projects and we will continue to look for other value-added 
relationships.

Modules

Highlights

31 further modules delivered throughout 2016 on UZ750 project 

Milestone of  five million manhours without a DAFWC

Jebel Ali and Sharjah yards reached close to full capacity in 2016

Trading review

Lamprell’s Jebel Ali and Sharjah yards continued with the 
construction of  modules for the Petrofac UZ750 project, with a 
total of  31 further modules safely and successfully delivered to the 
client throughout the year for installation offshore Abu Dhabi. Out 
of  a total of  45 modules, 39 were pre-assembled pipe racks, three 
were pre-assembled units and a further three were pre-assembled 
modules. In early 2H 2016, the Jebel Ali project team working on the 
UZ750 project celebrated a major milestone by reaching five million 
manhours without a DAFWC, a noteworthy achievement, and a total 
recordable injury rate of  0.16 was achieved in 2016 which is a world 
class achievement. The final four modules will be delivered during  
the first quarter of  2017, bringing this project to a successful and  
safe close.  

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201625

Zakum UZ750 project  
receives 31 modules from 
Lamprell in 2016   

Having delivered ten modules in 2015, by the end of  
2016 Lamprell had successfully delivered a total of   
41 modules for the Upper Zakum UZ750 project on 
behalf  of  client Petrofac. The modules were built in 
Lamprell’s Jebel Ali and Sharjah fabrication facilities 
and all sailed away safely to their final destinations  
on the Central or West Zakum Islands in Abu Dhabi. 
The modules consisted of  pipe racks, pre-assembled 
units and pre-assembled modules. 

Oil & gas contracting services

Highlights

10 suction piles successfully delivered to client for Kaombo project

12 rigs warm and cold stacked at Lamprell’s UAE based facilities 

O&M division retains long term maintenance contracts

Trading review

The Oil & Gas Contracting Services business unit has suffered as 
a result of  delays in contract awards due to market conditions. Our 
Rig Refurbishment team completed upgrade and refurbishment 
works to nine rigs throughout the year while our Land Rig Services 
group refurbished two rigs in our facilities and many more on 
remote sites across the MENA region. The unit also built two mud 
system packages for rigs in the region. The Group continued to 
assist its past, current and potential clients with cold and warm 
stacking of  jackup rigs in its facilities, with 12 rigs being stored as 
at 31 December 2016. Given clients’ keen interest in this stacking 
service, Lamprell set up a separate offshore stacking facility able to 
accommodate the rigs without reducing valuable quayside capacity 
elsewhere in our facilities. The O&M team continued to perform 
well and successfully retained maintenance service contracts for 
the supply of  manpower with key clients. Lamprell’s E&C business 
unit experienced a busy year with multiple smaller projects being 
completed. They also completed fabrication works on ten suction 
piles in 2H 2016 for the prestigious Kaombo block 32 project in 
Angola; E&C experienced complications on construction of  the 
buoyancy tanks for this project but has worked with the client to 
overcome them and the tanks will be delivered in early 2017. 

STRATEGIC REPORT26

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

ROBUST 
SUSTAINABILITY
FRAMEWORK

Sustainability at Lamprell means operating 
to the highest safety standards, helping 
to protect the environment and creating 
and delivering long-term value to our 
shareholders, clients, employees and the 
communities in which we operate.

Sustainability at Lamprell

At the core of  our commitment to sustainability is a belief  that a 
healthy and motivated workforce, operating in an environment that 
promotes our core values of  accountability and integrity, is a key 
contributor to delivering a sustainable, predictable and profitable 
performance by the organisation. For this reason, we actively 
promote employee wellness by increasing health risk awareness 
and taking steps to ensure that our employees and their families 
have continuous access to high standards of  medical care. 

Our sustainability pillars

Lamprell recognises that fair and transparent business  
practices increase the long-term value of  the Company and 
that, through the efficient use of  our resources, this benefits all 
stakeholders including our clients who rightly demand continuous 
improvements in safety, environmental and compliance standards 
in our operations.    

Our commitment to sustainability is demonstrated through 
our efforts and achievements in mitigating our impact on the 
environment, ensuring that we have effective and embedded  
risk management processes, and in developing our multi-cultural 
workforce through training programmes and the use of  key 
performance indicators. We recognise employee loyalty through 
a long service award programme and we actively engage our 
workforce in generating ideas to improve our performance through 
our ‘Bright Ideas’ scheme.

We take economic, social and environmental factors into account  
in our day-to-day decision-making as well as our long-term 
planning as we look to structure the business for future growth.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Resource 
conservation
• 2016 CO2e 

emissions figures 
were 12.6% lower 
than 2015 levels

• Water flow 

attenuators were 
installed at 
Lamprell’s Hamriyah 
facility 

• Waste diversion rate 
was improved by 5% 
over the previous 
year

Financial 
performance
• Lamprell’s data 

systems now have 
the capability to 
capture and 
measure the savings 
generated from 
newly implemented 
sustainability 
initiatives

• 100% of  client 

satisfaction surveys 
returned a 
‘satisfactory’ rating 
or higher because 
on the Group's 
performance on the 
project(s)

Worker 
welfare
• Diversity remained 
strong at Lamprell 
with over 30 
nationalities 
represented   
• Multiple health 

campaigns were 
rolled out throughout 
2016

• Lamprell’s 

Information
technology
• ISO 27001:2013 and 
Cyber Essentials 
certifications 
obtained

• IT security training 
programmes run 
across the business 
regularly to educate 
the staff around 
increased risks

Environmental
protection
• No non-compliance 

environmental 
events occurred in 
2016

• Minor environmental 

incident rate 
decreased by 27% 
for the year 2016 
compared with the 
previous year

Assessment and 
Training Centre 
provided over 
100,000 manhours 
of  trades training 
and assessments 
and over 110,000 
manhours HSES 
training in 2016

Stakeholder 
engagement
• Lamprell engaged 

with various 
stakeholders 
throughout 2016 
including clients, 
regulatory 
authorities and 
supply chain 
partners by holding 
regular meetings 
and workshops with 
the aim of  
continuing to deliver 
economic, social 
and environmental 
benefits 

• Numerous sport, 

social and 
professional 
activities and events 
were held by 
departments of  the 
Group throughout 
the year

Rolling monthly total recordable injury rate (TRIR)

KPI

January 2016 to December 2016

0.35

0.20

0.31

0.28

0.27

0.26

0.27

0.25

0.29

0.29

0.29

0.30

0.29

0.29

0.27

Year 2016

TRIR Target, 0.25

Jan

Feb Mar Apr May

Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

TRIR Actual

TRIR Target

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201627

Lamprell wins ‘Best Offshore 
Construction Yard’ award 

A “Best Offshore Construction Yard” award was presented to 
Lamprell, against strong competition from other established 
fabrication yards, at the 7th ShipTek International Maritime Awards 
ceremony held in Dubai in May. The ceremony saw industry experts 
come together to celebrate outstanding contributions from the 
veterans of  the industry. 

Hazard Identification (HAZID) workshops were also conducted 
throughout the year for each project and comprehensive 
occupational health and safety audits were carried out. We 
also implemented a robust health screening regime for all yard 
personnel with 95% of  all workers completing screening tests  
for chronic and acute health disorders. In addition, both the 
Sharjah and Hamriyah medical clinics underwent significant 
refurbishments and were inspected and approved by the  
Sharjah Ministry of  Health. 

2015 Target

2015 Actual

2016 Target

2016 Actual

Total manhours

TRIR

–

24,922,987

–

24,349,943

0.22

0.31

0.25

0.29

Health and Safety

Highlights

TRIR of  0.29 for 2016 – continues to be world-class

Rolling monthly total recordable injury rate (TRIR)
January 2016 to December 2016

KPI

Hand injury awareness campaign reduced the number of  hand 
injuries by 51% compared with the previous year 

0.35

Employees completed 61,152 safety observation cards in 2016

2016 was another successful year for health and safety 
performance at Lamprell. We achieved a Total Recordable  
Incident Rate (TRIR) of  0.29 for 2016 and our yard safety records 
reached further significant milestones. The Jebel Ali and Dubai 
facilities achieved four years without a DAFWC and the Sharjah 
yard completed 9.8 million manhours and three years without  
a DAWFC. These statistics demonstrate the importance of  safety 
within our business.

We set ourselves a tough target of  20% improvement over 2016 
and whilst we did improve in 2016 we did not hit our TRIR target. 

We successfully completed third party recertification for  
OHSAS 18001, an internationally recognised safety standard 
at all operational facilities. The ongoing success of  the HSE 
performance of  the Company was achieved through a combination 
of  enterprise-wide behavioural management safety campaigns 
which were run throughout the year. Campaigns in 2016 raised 
risk-awareness around ‘working at heights’, ‘dropped objects’, 
‘hand safety’, ‘safe summer working’, ‘simultaneous operations’  
and ‘lifting and crane operations safety’. 

0.31

0.28

0.27

0.26

0.27

0.25

0.30

0.29

0.29

0.29

0.29

0.29

0.27

Year 2016
TRIR Target, 0.25

0.20

Jan

Feb Mar Apr May

Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

TRIR Actual
TRIR Target

Our sustainability pillars

1

2

3

4

5

6

Resource 

Financial 

conservation

performance

Worker 

welfare

Information

technology

Environmental

Stakeholder 

protection

engagement

• Lamprell’s data 

• Diversity remained 

• ISO 27001:2013 and 

• No non-compliance 

• Lamprell engaged 

• 2016 CO2e 

emissions figures 

were 12.6% lower 

than 2015 levels

• Water flow 

attenuators were 

installed at 

Lamprell’s Hamriyah 

facility 

• Waste diversion rate 

was improved by 5% 

over the previous 

year

systems now have 

the capability to 

capture and 

strong at Lamprell 

Cyber Essentials 

environmental 

with over 30 

nationalities 

certifications 

obtained

events occurred in 

2016

measure the savings 

represented   

• IT security training 

• Minor environmental 

• Multiple health 

programmes run 

incident rate 

campaigns were 

across the business 

decreased by 27% 

rolled out throughout 

regularly to educate 

for the year 2016 

the staff around 

increased risks

compared with the 

previous year

generated from 

newly implemented 

sustainability 

initiatives

• 100% of  client 

satisfaction surveys 

returned a 

‘satisfactory’ rating 

or higher because 

on the Group's 

performance on the 

project(s)

2016

• Lamprell’s 

Assessment and 

Training Centre 

provided over 

100,000 manhours 

of  trades training 

and assessments 

and over 110,000 

manhours HSES 

training in 2016

with various 

stakeholders 

throughout 2016 

including clients, 

regulatory 

authorities and 

supply chain 

partners by holding 

regular meetings 

and workshops with 

the aim of  

continuing to deliver 

economic, social 

and environmental 

benefits 

• Numerous sport, 

social and 

professional 

activities and events 

were held by 

departments of  the 

Group throughout 

the year

STRATEGIC REPORT28

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

Quality

Highlights

Environment 

Highlights

Successful transition from ISO 9001:2008 to the new  
ISO 9001:2015 quality certification standard  

Participation in the Carbon Disclosure Project 

Significant increase of  international vendor audit assessments 

Increase in annual recycling rate from operations to 85% diverted 
from landfill

Formal 9COM Saudi Aramco approval achieved 

Full compliance with all applicable environmental regulations

Our Quality department experienced a busy 2016 with over 90 
quality based audits completed both internally and externally for 
a selection of  international vendors. Lamprell also successfully 
transitioned from the ISO 9001:2008 to the new ISO 9001:2015 
certification standard. Having an ISO 9001:2015 certification 
standard improves Lamprell’s credibility and image because it 
is an internationally recognised standard that has become the 
worldwide basis for creating a quality management system. 
Lamprell is now certified to the latest international quality standard 
– a pre-requisite for many clients with which the company engages. 
In addition, the company also completed third party training and 
certification by Bureau Veritas for internal audit management. 
The training qualified 41 internal auditors for the ISO 9001:2015 
standard allowing them to carry out audits for the Group.  

Lamprell strives to exceed client expectations and throughout 
2016 released a number of  client satisfaction surveys. The results 
surpassed our agreed target with all our clients rating our project 
quality performance as ‘satisfied’ or better. Another significant 
milestone reached in 2016 for the Group was the approval from 
Saudi Aramco for their 9COM quality standard. This achievement 
will enable Lamprell to be technically qualified to bid for future 
Saudi Aramco projects. 

Thanks to Compass, Lamprell’s new ERP system, the company is
engaging with vendors to register themselves using a new online 
tool called “iSupplier”, which allows for web based processing 
of  invoices. This has helped improve Lamprell’s organisational 
efficiency using updated IT systems. 

In addition, Lamprell’s IT department launched a sustainability 
tool in 2015 which enables all personnel across the organisation 
to monitor performance and it provides tips on how employees 
can reduce both the environmental footprint and operational costs 
for the company. Data provided on the dashboard includes CO2e 
emissions, waste recycling percentages, sustainability projects 
under review as well as Lamprell’s Sustainability Pillars.

Voluntary attrition admin and professional   KPI  
Target KPI in 2016 – 6% maximum

4.65%

Target in 2015: 10% 
Actual in 2015: 4.66%

Throughout the year Lamprell continued to reduce the overall 
environmental footprint of  Company operations through a number 
of  sustainability initiatives. These initiatives, focused primarily 
around water and energy conservation, were implemented through 
the roll out of  awareness campaigns covering ‘sustainable air 
conditioning usage’, ‘water use conservation’ and ‘electricity 
wastage prevention’.

We achieved a ‘C’ score from the regulatory body that manages the 
Carbon Disclosure Project, compared to 2015’s ‘E’ score, meaning 
that Lamprell continues to improve on its emissions tracking, 
reporting and reduction systems. We were also fully compliant with 
environmental regulations including the UAE Federal Law 24 for the 
Protection and Development of  the Environment and international 
agreements such as MARPOL which is the international convention 
for the prevention of  pollution from ships.

In addition, Lamprell successfully reduced gross CO2e emissions 
from our operations in 2016 for the third consecutive year, as 
demonstrated by the graph below: 

Annual CO2e emissions reductions
(Tonnes CO2e)

2016

2015

2014

2013

52,381

59,964

78,954

98,743

As per Lamprell’s Environmental Policy, the company will ensure 
compliance with all applicable international, national, local and port  
authority environmental regulations. The Company has also been 
successful in reducing the intensity of  emissions as measured per 
manhour worked. In 2016 emissions per manhour worked fell by 
5.67% from the previous year. As a result of  these efforts, Lamprell 
is able to pursue its strategic objectives while ensuring protection 
of  the environment.

Lamprell Group waste  
diversion from landfill

2015 

2016

Operational waste  
diversion rate

75% 

85%

To help protect the environment from any unintended hazardous 
material spills, in 2016 Lamprell started the process of  replacing 
old portable diesel tanks with new environmentally friendly models. 
The new ‘Envirotanks’ contain two elements, a smaller tank within 
a slightly larger tank. If  either the external or internal wall of  the 
smaller tank is damaged or corroded, no diesel will leak out as it 
safely contained inside.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016Corporate social responsibility 

In 2016 the Company continued to support the Don Bosco 
Snehalaya shelter in Baroda, India through a financial donation 
of  USD 10,000 and an apprenticeship programme that takes 
underprivileged children and provides craft training. Three 
graduates of  this programme started working with Lamprell in 
early 2016 and continue to do so. The Group understands that the 
sustainability of  business operations is achieved in part through 
the implementation of  a robust CSR framework.

Employee welfare

Highlights

Improved corporate health and wellness performance award won  
for the third successive year

Provision of  Government-approved medical support to all staff  
in the workplace and at their living quarters 

Regular employee welfare activities such as yard sports days  
and the “Lamprell’s Got Brains” quiz show 

Lamprell was presented with the Daman-sponsored award for most 
improved corporate health and wellness performance for the third 
successive year. Given our previous successes in this category, 
it proved to be harder to demonstrate our continued progression 
in this field but we were again successful because of  our efforts 
to improve employee welfare through: extensive employee health 
screening; our annual heat stress campaign; the regular health 
education and awareness talks; the Government-approved doctors 
and clinics in our yards; the medical facilities in our camps; our 
employee sports and social programme including sports days and 
long service awards; and the improvements in yard absenteeism 
achieved in 2016. These developments were implemented as a 
result of  a concerted and coordinated effort of  many Lamprell 
employees and are a tribute to their dedication and commitment to 
employee welfare. 

Other highlights in 2016 included Lamprell’s newly launched talent 
show “Lamprell’s Got Brains” which was a huge hit with employees; 
as well as achieving 9th place out of  a total of  43 teams at Dubai’s 
corporate relay race, the Dubai Dash. 

29

Lamprell makes top ten at 
Dubai Dash 

Lamprell entered a team of  its top runners to 
compete in the UAE’s largest annual corporate 
relay race, the Dubai Dash, which took place in 
December 2016. The event is designed to get 
people out of  the workplace and make them 
active. Out of  a total of  43 teams, Lamprell came 
in at 9th place beating the previous year’s result 
of  10th place.

Total manhours 2016 

24,349,943 

Manhours in 2015: 24,922,987

Lamprell retains Daman 
employee award for third  
year running 

The 2016 Daman Corporate Health Awards are 
established as a high profile platform for the best 
employers in the UAE to be recognised for their 
commitment and success in improving corporate health 
and wellness. At this year’s event in Abu Dhabi, we were 
pleased to win the award for “Improved Corporate Health 
and Wellness Performance” for a third consecutive year.

Annual CO2e emissions reductions

(Tonnes CO2e)

2016

2015

2014

2013

52,381

59,964

78,954

98,743

STRATEGIC REPORT30 BOARD OF DIRECTORS

FOCUSED ON SUCCESS

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

John Kennedy  
Executive Chairman  
Aged 67

Christopher McDonald  
Chief Executive Officer  
Aged 49

Tony Wright 
Chief Financial Officer 
Aged 45

Nom

Ellis Armstrong  
Senior Independent Director  
Aged 59

Appointed: June 2012

Appointed: October 2016

Appointed: August 2015

Appointed: May 2013

Strengths: public company 
boards, international oil & gas 

Experience: John Kennedy 
trained originally as an 
engineer and subsequently 
spent much of  his career in 
senior management roles. 
He started his career at 
Schlumberger and then moved 
to Halliburton where he held 
the role of  Executive Vice-
President. He was Executive 
Chairman of  Wellstream 
Holdings PLC from 2003 until 
its acquisition by GE. He is 
an adviser to several oilfield 
service companies. In 1993, 
Mr Kennedy received the Sloan 
Fellowship from the London 
Business School. He is a 
Chartered Engineer and  
Fellow of  the Institution of  
Electrical Engineers.

External appointments: None

Strengths: business 
development, EPC, 
international oil & gas 

Strengths: financial & 
accounting, Middle East 
operations

Experience: Christopher 
McDonald has over 24 years’ 
experience in the EPC and 
oilfield services sectors. Before 
joining Lamprell, Christopher 
held the position of  Executive 
Vice-President and Group 
Head of  Business Development 
with Petrofac. From 2007 to 
2010, Mr McDonald co-
founded and helped to run a 
boutique private equity firm in 
London. Prior to that he spent 
18 years with Halliburton/
KBR starting his career in 
engineering and the sales 
function before becoming Vice 
President with responsibility 
for the KBR Development 
Co. and the KBR/JGC gas 
alliance, during which time 
he served on the board of  
M.W. Kellogg Ltd. Christopher 
has a Bachelor’s degree in 
Mechanical Engineering from 
Cornell University.

External appointments: None 

Experience: Tony Wright joined 
Lamprell in January 2013 as 
Vice-President, Finance and 
in October 2014 he stepped 
into the role of  Deputy CFO, 
followed by a promotion to 
Chief  Financial Officer in 
August 2015. Tony is a qualified 
Chartered Certified Accountant 
with over 15 years’ experience 
working in the oil & gas and 
construction industries. Since 
2010 Tony has worked with 
Leighton Holdings Group 
in Malaysia and the UAE, 
thereafter with the Habtoor 
Leighton Group. Prior to joining 
Leighton, he spent five years 
as Group CFO with Dubai-
based oilfield EPC firm, Global 
Process Systems. When in the 
UK, Tony held senior finance 
positions with Input/Output, Inc. 
and the Expro Group.

External appointments: None 

Strengths: financial & 
accounting, international oil & 
gas

Experience: Ellis Armstrong  
is a senior executive within  
the energy industry with  
broad international experience.  
Mr Armstrong worked for more 
than 30 years with BP, where 
he held a range of  operational 
and leadership roles including 
line operating roles in the 
North Sea and Alaska, VP for 
Latin America and Caribbean, 
Head of  Technology and, most 
recently, CFO (Exploration & 
Production). Mr Armstrong is 
a Chartered Engineer with a 
BSc and a PhD, both in Civil 
Engineering, from Imperial 
College, and a Master’s in 
Business Administration  
from Stanford.

External appointments:  
Non-Executive Director  
of  Lloyd’s Register Group,  
Non-Executive Director  
of  Pacific Energy Limited. 

Nom

Nom
Nom

Member of  the Remuneration 
Nom
Committee 
Nom

Member of  the Audit & Risk 
Committee

Nom

Member of  the Nomination & 
Governance Committee

Indicates  
Committee Chairman

Nom

Nom

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201631

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

Nom

John Malcolm  
Non-Executive Director  
Aged 66

Nom

Mel Fitzgerald  
Non-Executive Director  
Aged 66

Nom

Debra Valentine  
Non-Executive Director  
Aged 63

Nicholas Garrett 
Non-Executive Director 
Aged 54

Appointed: May 2013

Appointed: August 2015

Appointed: August 2015

Appointed: 23 March 2017

Strengths: international oil & 
gas, Middle East operations

Experience: After 25 years 
with Shell, John Malcolm 
retired in 2010 to become an 
independent consultant to the 
energy industry. During his 
tenure at Shell, he held several 
senior positions including 
as Managing Director for 
Petroleum Development Oman. 
In 2015 he joined the Oman Oil 
Co. Exploration & Production 
as Executive Managing 
Director. Dr Malcolm is a 
Chartered Engineer with the 
UK Engineering Council and 
has a PhD in Process Control 
Systems, from Heriot Watt 
University which he obtained 
in 1975.

External appointments: 
Non-Executive Director of  
Partex Oil and Gas (Holdings) 
Corp., Director of  Bellwood 
Enterprises Ltd., Chairman of  
Abraj Energy Services SAOC.

Strengths: fabrication yard 
and subsea operations, 
international oil & gas

Experience: Mel Fitzgerald 
has over 30 years’ experience 
in the energy industry and 
currently acts as a director 
to a number of  companies, 
notably in the role of  Chairman 
for Suretank Group Limited. 
Mr Fitzgerald served as 
CEO and Board Director at 
Subsea 7 for seven years until 
2012 and has a Bachelor of  
Engineering from the University 
of  Ireland and a Master’s of  
Business Administration from 
the University of  Kingston. He 
is also a chartered engineer. 
In July 2015 Mr Fitzgerald was 
awarded the Honorary Doctor 
of  Business Administration 
(HonDBA) by Robert Gordon 
University in Aberdeen in 
recognition of  his contribution 
to the UK oil & gas industry.

External appointments: 
Chairman of  Suretank Group 
Limited, Director/shareholder 
of  Cathx Ocean

Strengths: risk management, 
legal

Strengths: public markets, 
financial

Experience: Debra Valentine 
has experience in heavy 
industries, having led 
government relations, 
governance, risk and legal 
functions across global 
jurisdictions. She also has 
expertise in competition and 
anti-trust issues. Ms Valentine 
worked at United Technologies 
Corporation and as a partner 
with the law firm O’Melveny 
& Myers, as well as serving 
as general counsel at the US 
Federal Trade Commission from 
1997 until 2001. Most recently, 
she was Group executive, 
Legal & Regulatory Affairs for 
Rio Tinto. Ms Valentine has an 
AB magna cum laude from 
Princeton University and a 
JD from Yale University, and 
is a member of  the District of  
Columbia Bar.

External appointments: None 

Experience: In his 23-year  
career at J.P. Morgan Cazenove,  
Nicholas Garrett advised a 
wide range of  companies on 
the delivery of  their growth 
strategy, corporate transactions 
and access to capital. In his 
role as the Head of  the IPO/
Execution team he worked  
on Lamprell’s listing in 2006,  
as well as being involved 
in listings of  numerous 
companies on the London 
market. Prior to this, from 1989 
to 2001, Mr Garrett worked  
at J.P. Morgan Cazenove in  
a variety of  corporate finance 
advisory and broking roles. 
Since 2012, Mr Garrett has 
been consulting for various 
private companies on their 
growth strategy and access  
to funding. Mr Garrett has  
a Bachelor’s degree in  
Human Geography from the 
University of  Reading and is  
a member of  both the Institute 
of  Chartered Accountants  
and the Chartered Institute  
for Securities and Investment.

External appointments:  
Director of  Garrett & Read Ltd., 
Director of  Colburn East Ltd., 
Director of  Steeple Topco Ltd.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE32

DIRECTORS’ REPORT, LETTER FROM THE CHAIRMAN 

LEADING  
WITH GOOD  
GOVERNANCE 

With the continuing pressures resulting from 
the prolonged downturn, we have focused 
both on near-term actions to protect our 
business and financial position and on the 
longer-term strategy in the anticipation of  a 
market rebound.

1

2

3

4

5

Guided by our values

Safety
We deliver world-class safety 
performance and leave 
nothing to chance so 
everyone goes home safely.

Fiscal responsibility
Because every employee influences our 
costs, we are all accountable to ensure that 
we achieve the most cost-effective solutions.

Integrity
We conduct our business honestly, 
with professional integrity, fairness 
and transparency and we are open 
and ethical in our day-to-day 
dealings with all stakeholders.

Accountability
We deliver what we say we will.

Teamwork
We will strive to work together 
with our stakeholders and 
believe great teams will achieve 
incredible things.

Dear Shareholders, 
Lamprell celebrated its 40th anniversary in 2016 and this is a 
significant milestone for the Group, representing the developing 
maturity of  the business. An established and mature business 
is more capable and adept at overcoming the hurdles that it 
encounters and a stable and improved governance structure 
has been a key component of  Lamprell’s ability to respond to the 
challenges of  2016.

Strong leadership

The Board ordinarily aims to meet in order to decide on key matters 
in person. However, in light of  the difficulties faced in 2016 arising 
from the wider market environment and from internal issues such 
as the technical issues with the jacking system on the Ensco 140 
rig, the Board has been highly responsive and has met often 
at short notice to take decisions on critical issues affecting the 
business. Lamprell’s Directors have consistently demonstrated their 
collective willingness to be available and to make tough decisions, 
both for addressing immediate risks and also for the long-term 
success of  the Company.

Board and senior management changes

The Company has benefited from a stable Board throughout  
2016 except for the change in the CEO position with the retiring  
Mr Moffat passing the responsibilities on to the incoming  
Mr McDonald. There is a good balance of  the appropriate skills 
and knowledge among the Directors and they are bringing 
significant experience from various parts of  the energy industry, 
which will enable the Board to deliver an effective performance in 
tough times. I would like to recognise the significant contribution 
of  Mr Moffat since his arrival in March 2013 as he has led the 
management team to create a strong foundation for the business; 
the Board has appointed Mr McDonald to develop our strategy and 
expand the Lamprell franchise, by leveraging off his proven track 
record of  business development and sales. 

Implementing our strategy

Our strategy has been refined over the course of  the last three 
to four years and focusses around the core business areas of  
jackup rigs, offshore platforms, modules and oil & gas contracting 
page 2. In order to generate value for the shareholders 
services 
over the longer term, the Company’s business model targets the 
development of  a more balanced portfolio across all the business 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201633

The Directors present their report 
on the affairs of  the Company and 
the Group together with the financial 
statements and the auditor’s report for 
the year ended 31 December 2016.

Results and dividends
The financial statements of  the Group for the year ended  
page 68 to 75.  
31 December 2016 are set out on 
The Group’s loss from continuing and discontinued 
operations after income tax and exceptional items for  
the year amounted to USD 184.3 million (2015: profit of  
USD 64.7 million). The Directors do not recommend the 
payment of  any dividend for the financial year ended  
31 December 2016. 

Other information
The following sections of  the Annual Report contain 
all other information relating to and forming part of  the 
Directors’ Report:

Further reading

Pages

Principal risks and uncertainties

Board of  Directors

Corporate Governance Report

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report

Directors’ Annual Report  
on Remuneration

Statutory Information and Directors’ Statements

14

30

32

46

47

53

60

streams rather than focussing heavily on jackup rigs, as has 
been the case over the last few years. The industry environment 
remained highly challenging throughout 2016 and that is expected 
to continue well into 2017. Accordingly, the Group was pleased to 
end the year with two contract wins 
contract for the fabrication of  60 foundations for the East Anglia 
One Offshore Wind Farm and the USD 90 million award for the 
upgrade of  the mobile operating unit “Haven” have demonstrated 
the versatility of  Lamprell’s ability to generate revenue outside 
of  its traditional markets but within its areas of  core technical 
competence. 

page 20. In combination, the 

Looking more broadly, the Group has focussed its strategy on 
geographic areas where major projects are continuing throughout 
the industry downturn and we have been negotiating with Saudi 
Aramco, Bahri and Hyundai Heavy Industries regarding the 
potential investment in a new major maritime yard in the Kingdom 
of  Saudi Arabia. This is a significant project for the achievement 
of  the Saudi Vision 2030 and it has the potential to have a 
transformational impact on Lamprell’s future strategy.

Governance and regulatory developments

2016 saw a key change in the regulatory framework for listed 
companies with the implementation of  the Market Abuse 
Regulation (“MAR”). The Board was duly guided by its various 
advisors as to the potential implications of  MAR for the Company, 
Directors and our employees, and we have made the necessary 
consequential changes to our processes and procedures. There 
is expected to be further training on MAR as issuers understand 
better the practical impact of  the new laws and the regulators 
provide further guidance.

The Company is incorporated in the Isle of  Man and has a 
Premium Listing on the Official List of  the London Stock Exchange. 
The Board made considerable efforts to ensure that during the 
relevant period the Company applied and complied with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2016 as the pre-eminent set of   
global standards for corporate governance (the “Code”, available 
at www.frc.org.uk). Where the Company did not comply, this is 
explained in this Annual Report and Accounts or in this Corporate 
Governance Report specifically.  

A company’s governance structure should be appropriate for 
the size and complexity of  its business. The Board continues to 
evaluate its composition, size and performance regularly and 
particularly in light of  the lower projected revenue levels for 2017. 
While we remain confident about our ability to lead the Company 
towards longer-term growth, the Board recognises that there 
remain opportunities to enhance the governance structure and has 
crafted its 2017 priorities around them specifically in the areas of  
risk management and succession planning. 

John Kennedy 
Chairman of the Board

Guided by our values

1

Safety

We deliver world-class safety 

performance and leave 

nothing to chance so 

everyone goes home safely.

Fiscal responsibility

Because every employee influences our 

costs, we are all accountable to ensure that 

we achieve the most cost-effective solutions.

2

3

4

5

Integrity

We conduct our business honestly, 

with professional integrity, fairness 

and transparency and we are open 

and ethical in our day-to-day 

dealings with all stakeholders.

Accountability

We deliver what we say we will.

Teamwork

We will strive to work together 

with our stakeholders and 

believe great teams will achieve 

incredible things.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE34 DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Board and Committee functions

EFFECTIVE  
LEADERSHIP 
ACROSS THE 
GROUP 

The Board is collectively responsible 
for the long-term success of  the 
Company and aims to achieve that 
through effective risk management 
and greater transparency. Given the 
continuing market downturn and the 
anticipated recovery, the Board spent 
considerable time focussing both on 
near-term focus areas such as cash 
management and also on the long-
term growth opportunities for the 
business.

37%

37%

63%

63%

13%

13%

87%

87%

Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors

Male directors

Male directors

Executive Directors

Executive Directors

Female directors

Female directors

Name

Position

Nationality

John Kennedy

Executive Chairman

Christopher McDonald

Director and CEO

Director and CFO

Senior Independent Director

Independent NED

Independent NED

Independent NED

Non-Executive Director

3-6 
years 

Ellis Armstrong
John Malcolm
John Kennedy

Tony Wright

Ellis Armstrong

Mel Fitzgerald

John Malcolm

Debra Valentine

Nicholas Garrett

Tenure on the Board

0-3 
years 

Christopher McDonald
Tony Wright
Debra Valentine
Mel Fitzgerald
Nicholas Garrett

Board composition 

page 30 for biographical details. During 2016, there  

The Board is comprised of  an Executive Chairman, CEO,  
CFO, one Non-Executive Director (“NED”) and four independent 
NEDs 
was only one change in the Board caused by the retirement of   
Mr Moffat and the appointment of  Mr McDonald as the new CEO 
for Lamprell. All other Directors served as Directors throughout 
2016, except for Mr Garrett who was appointed in March 2017.  
Mr Moffat stood down as CEO and Director on 1 October 2016  
and Mr McDonald took up these same roles with effect from 
that same date. The Executive Chairman, CEO and CFO are the 
Executive Directors on the Board.

There continues to be a strong combination of  industry, regional 
and operational experience among the Directors enhanced by  
the diverse professional competences of  each Board member.  
As noted previously, the Board prioritised the process to identify a 
suitable replacement as CEO and that was successfully completed 
with the appointment of  Mr McDonald. In light of  the delay in that 
search and the need for continuity at the senior management level 
during the transition between the CEOs, John Kennedy agreed 
to continue in the role of  Executive Chairman. The Board has 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201635

Board and Committee functions

The Board
The Board has ownership of the global policies

Mel 
Fitzgerald

Ellis
Armstrong

Tony
Wright

John 
Kennedy

Christopher 
McDonald 

John 
Malcolm

Debra
Valentine

Nicholas
Garrett

Non-executive

Executive

,

s
e
u
a
v

l

,

i

n
o
s
v

i

,

s
r
u
o
i
v
a
h
e
B

Board committees
Support the Board in its work with specific review and oversight

Nomination & 
Governance Committee
Takes primary responsibility 
for succession planning, 
Board/Director selection and 
Board composition

Audit & Risk Committee
Monitors the integrity of the 
Company’s financial 
statements and reviews 
financial and regulatory 
compliance and controls

Remuneration Committee
Agrees remuneration policy 
and sets individual 
compensation levels for 
members of senior 
management

Ad hoc Board committees 
Set up for defined, 
time-specific tasks

s
e
c

i

i
l

o
p

l

a
b
o
g

l

,
t
c
u
d
n
o
C

f
o
e
d
o
C
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

Executive 
Committee

Bid Approval
Committee

Group leadership team
Responsible for implementation of the global policies

Chief Executive
Primarily responsible for running the business with 
the objective of creating shareholder value

Management level committees 
Responsible for the communication and implementation 
of decisions, administrative matters and matters for 
recommendation to the Board and its Committees

Chief Financial 
Officer

Risk Review
Panel

HSES Management
Review

l

a
b
o
G

l

s
e
r
u
d
e
c
o
r
p
y
r
o
t
a
d
n
a
m

Business managers
Responsible for leading and delivering 
business streams

Business teams
Structured around project execution

Function managers
Departmental head for enterprise-wide 
support services

Function teams
Departmental policy and procedures

l
a
c
o
L

l
a
n
o
i
t
c
i
d
s
i
r
u

j

d
n
a
s
e
i
c
i
l

o
p

s
e
r
u
d
e
c
o
r
p

assessed the need for and benefits to the business as a result of  
this enhanced role on a regular basis.

The Board reviews its membership on a regular basis with the aim 
to bring relevant experience and independence to the Board while 
at the same time ensuring continuity and stability.

Roles and responsibilities 

The roles and duties of  the Executive Chairman and the CEO 
have been segregated, in line with the best practices set out in 
the Code, as agreed by the Board. This will ensure that strong 
governance is maintained at the senior management level and in 
particular during the period that the Chairman has an executive 
role in the Company. This role is monitored regularly by the 
independent Non-Executive Directors.

The Executive Chairman is responsible for providing effective 
leadership for the Board and the Group as a whole, including 
strategy and direction, and chairs all Board and general meetings 
within an effective corporate governance framework. In addition, as 
Executive Chairman, Mr Kennedy has also taken on an outward-
facing role looking at potential partnerships for the Group as it 

pursues its strategy. The CEO is responsible for the day-to-day 
running of  the Group’s business, including execution of  the 
Group’s business plans and objectives, and communicating its 
decisions to the Board.

The CFO is responsible for the financial stewardship and control 
activities of  the Group as well as the investor relations activities. 
The role of  all the NEDs and in particular the four independent 
NEDs is critical to ensure an effective counter-balance on the 
Board. The NEDs are primarily responsible for challenging 
constructively all recommendations presented to the Board, based 
on their broad experience and individual expertise. 

The Senior Independent Director acts as a sounding board and 
confidante to the Chairman and is available to shareholders to 
answer questions which cannot be addressed by the Chairman or 
the CEO. Mr Armstrong has been appointed as Senior Independent 
Director since mid-2015.

The biographical information of  each Director as well as  
the memberships for each Board Committee are detailed on  

page 30.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Table for Board attendance in 2016

John 
Kennedy

14
out of  14 

2
out of  2 

Christopher 
McDonald
joined the Board 
on 1 October 2016

4
out of  4 

2
out of  2 

Number of 
meetings 
attended

Number of 
strategy days 
attended

Tony 
Wright

Ellis 
Armstrong

John
Malcolm

Debra
Valentine

Mel 
Fitzgerald

James
Moffat
left the Board on 
1 October 2016

15
out of  16 

14
out of  15 

13
out of  14 

10
out of  12 

13
out of  14 

11
out of  12 

2
out of  2 

2
out of  2 

2
out of  2 

2
out of  2 

2
out of  2 

2
out of  2 

Board meetings and attendance

The Directors met in person on six occasions during the course of  
2016 and all took place in Dubai, UAE. However, where required 
and in order to receive an interim update on ongoing matters, the 
Directors convened ad hoc at short notice by way of  conference 
call with attendance outside of  the UK, where required. Meetings 
in person generally take place over the course of  two days and will 
include meetings of  both the Board and the Committees.

The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board and provides 
the Board and each of  the individual Directors with advice and 
assistance on governance matters. He ensures that all Board 
materials and other information are delivered in a timely fashion, 
typically five days before scheduled Board meetings through a 
secure, online software system.

As well as the Directors and the Company Secretary, it is common 
for members of  the executive committee to attend parts of  the 
Board meetings and to deliver presentations on operational or 
business topics in greater detail. In this way, the Board gains an 
in-depth understanding of  business-critical functions and the 
presenting managers are able to interact with the Directors and 
gain experience for their own personal development. From time to 
time, the Board may also invite guest external presenters on key 
subject matters.

Topics at the Board

page 37 and key topics for discussion 

There is a formal schedule of  matters reserved to the Board and 
the Board retains discretion to approve decisions on key subject 
matters such as the Group’s strategy, annual budget and financial 
statements. The Board also reviews other relevant matters including 
standing agenda items 
at relevant times of  year or as a result of  current business 
requirements. In all cases, the agenda focuses on topics in pursuit 
page 12 underpinned by 
of  the Company’s strategic objectives 
our core values, rather than administrative matters. The Chairman 
sets the agenda for each meeting in consultation with the CEO and 
the Company Secretary. At the meeting, the Executive Directors 
give an update on business, operational and financial matters, 
thereby enabling the Board to understand progress within the 
business but also anticipate likely forthcoming risks 

page 14.  

During 2016, there were detailed presentations from various senior 
managers on matters including strategy and in particular the 

Group’s strategy for Saudi Arabia, enterprise risk management, 
operational issues around the rigs and leadership succession 
planning. In addition, from time to time, the Board invites external 
presenters to speak to the Directors. This included presentations 
from a variety of  experts from the oil & gas industry and information 
from the Company’s primary brokers (J.P. Morgan Cazenove – 
‘JPMC’) and lawyers. During the two-day strategy discussions at 
the June Board meetings, there were presentations to the Board 
and in-depth discussions from a variety of  experts from oil & gas 
industry and economics and financial services specialists about 
how various developments impacted the Group in the context of  
the ongoing market downturn in the global industry.

Between Board meetings, management distributes a monthly 
report to the Board providing a summary of  the financial 
performance of  the Group, highlighting developments and key 
risks 

page 14. 

Principal Board Committees

There are three principal Board Committees – the Audit & Risk 
Committee, the Nomination & Governance Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee – and much of  the Board oversight of  the 
executive management team is conducted by delegation through 
these Committees. It is important for the Directors to operate in an 
environment of  trust. Certain other authorities are delegated either 
to the Committees or to the executive management team.

An open and forthright environment is encouraged in meetings of  
the three Board Committees. Each of  the Committees has written 
terms of  reference, which are reviewed annually and are available 
on the Company’s website.

Meetings structure 

The Board is primarily responsible for the leadership of  the 
Company and wider Group; however it is ably supported both by 
the Board Committees and the management team which makes 
use of  a number of  management level committees 
It is a core principle for all that there is an effective working 
relationship between each of  the Directors, between the Board and 
management and at the management level. Structurally and from 
a governance perspective, this provides a robust framework for 
achieving the Company’s strategic objectives.  

page 35. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201637

Standing

Periodic

Frequency

Review of  actions from previous meetings

Full-year/interim financial statements

Every 6 months

Safey update on enterprise-wide statistics

Group budget, strategy and progress updates

Every 3 months

Reports from the CEO and the CFO, including investor feedback

Corporate transactions

Ad hoc

Reports from each of  the principal Board Committees

Risk management

Every 6 months

Report on legal and corporate governance matters

Funding proposals

Every 12 months

Business development and prospects

Every 2 to 3 
months

Accordingly, there are regular discussions outside of  scheduled 
Board meetings, particularly between the Chairman and the CEO, 
as well as between the Chairman and the other Directors, with a 
view to reaching a mutual understanding of  views prior to wider 
discussions at meetings. At physical Board meetings, the NEDs 
meet without the CEO or CFO present to share insights on matters 
of  governance and sensitivity for management. The Chairman 
typically may also attend attends such meetings notwithstanding 
his change of  role to Executive Chairman.  

Independence and conflicts

In accordance with the Code, at least half  of  the Board (excluding 
the Chairman) is comprised of  independent NEDs who are free 
from any business or other relationships that could materially 
interfere in the exercise of  their independent judgement. The 
percentage proportion of  independence on the Board (50% 
including the Chairman and 57% excluding the Chairman) did not 
vary in 2016 as the only change was the replacement of  James 
Moffat with Christopher McDonald as CEO and Director on the 
Board. At the date of  publication, John Malcolm, Ellis Armstrong, 
Debra Valentine and Mel Fitzgerald are all considered by the Board 
to be independent NEDs as defined by the Code.  

At the beginning of  each year, the Company asks each of  
the independent NEDs to re-confirm their independence. The 
Chairman of  the Board was considered to be independent on his 
original appointment in June 2012.  

Integrity is a core value for the Group. Each Director recognises 
the importance of  transparency in trying to avoid any actual or 
potential conflict of  interest but will promptly declare such conflict, 
if  one arises. This enables the Board to assess the possible  
impact of  any conflict and take appropriate and timely action.  
The following procedures are in place for dealing with conflicts:

•  any new Director is required to provide information on any 
conflicts of  interest by means of  a questionnaire prior to 
appointment; 

•  conflicts are declared and addressed during Board meetings 

and noted in the minutes; and

•  for conflicts arising between Board meetings, these are 

submitted to the Chairman and for consideration, prior to 
deliberation at the next meeting.

No new, additional conflicts of  interest were noted from the 
Directors in 2016, save as disclosed previously. John Kennedy 
was the Non-Executive Chairman of  Maxwell Drummond (which 
was one of  the companies who provided recruitment services to 
the Company) but this company went into liquidation in April 2016. 
There was/is no conflict issue. All conflict management procedures 
were adhered to and operated effectively.

Appointments to the Board

There is a formal, rigorous and transparent process for the 
appointment of  new Directors to the Board and this is led by the 
Nomination & Governance Committee which then makes any 
such recommendations to the full Board for approval. Prior to 
embarking on a search, the Committee, on the advice of  the VP of  
HR, will prepare a list of  key criteria for any candidates, taking into 
account the Board composition, and will ordinarily appoint external 
search consultants to prepare candidate lists and assist with the 
recruitment/evaluation process.  

Following the announcement in 2015 that James Moffat was 
planning to retire in 2016, a key Board priority for 2016 was the 
replacement of  Mr Moffat with a new CEO. This was successfully 
completed with the announcement in August 2016 that Christopher 
McDonald would be taking up the role of  CEO and Director.  
Mr McDonald joined Lamprell as CEO and Director on the Board 
following an extensive and in-depth recruitment process which was 
overseen by the Nomination & Governance Committee and made 
use of  senior management recruitment specialists, to advise the 
Committee on potential candidates. As part of  his appointment 
process, Mr McDonald was also interviewed by each of  the 
existing Directors and certain senior managers.

During his initial introduction to the Group, Mr McDonald was 
given a full induction into the business in accordance with best 
practice. This included visits to the three main facilities in the UAE, 
presentations from all key managers on business-related topics 
and a meeting with the Chairman and the Company Secretary, to 
discuss governance matters. The Group also implemented a full 
transition plan to provide for a smooth handover from Mr Moffat to 
Mr McDonald which was ensured with the exclusive consultancy 
arrangement in place between Mr Moffat and the Company 
(expiring at the end of  March 2017).

Detail of  Mr Garrett’s nomination and appointment are set out  

page 41.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE38

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

All Directors are encouraged to attend relevant external seminars 
and, on an ongoing basis, there is training for the Directors as 
a whole by way of  the presentations to the Board from guest 
presenters. The individual Directors also make efforts to remain 
current with the latest regulatory obligations for UK listed 
companies with the assistance of  our brokers and lawyers. 
Similarly, any Director is entitled to take independent professional 
or legal advice on Company matters, as and when needed. No 
director sought independent advice during the financial year.

The Audit & Risk Committee also benefits from regular briefings 
from the external auditors on any new accounting requirements as 
well as developments in the area of  corporate governance.

Board performance evaluation

As the Board had made use of  an external facilitator to assist 
with its 2015 performance evaluation process, it reverted to the 
internally-driven evaluation process for 2016. This process was 
conducted under the stewardship of  the Nomination & Governance 
Committee. 

The evaluation included a review of  the Board’s activities, 
performance and teamwork and made use of  an online 
questionnaire (with questions asking for quantitative ranking and 
for qualitative feedback to the Board, principal Board Committees 
and the Directors). It also included feedback from each Director 
as well as specific, invited key executives that have had regular 
interaction with either the Board or the Board Committees. The final 
report summarised the results of  the evaluation on an aggregated 
and confidential basis and was subsequently provided to the 
Board which then discussed the results in open session.  

As a result of  this external process, the Board has been able to 
structure its priorities for 2017 around the results - see below. 
The NEDs, led by the Senior Independent Director, evaluated the 
Chairman’s performance and confirmed that he was performing 
effectively. The Board considers that it is beneficial to take time to 
evaluate its own performance as this will strengthen and enhance 
the performance and transparency of  discussions and decision-
making at the Board level.

Matter(s) considered

Observation(s)

Board priority(ies)

Risk management

Strategic objectives

Succession planning

Severity of  risks arising 
from the failures by 
third party supplier 
on the Ensco 140 
rig project were 
recognised and 
mitigated too late

Strategic objectives 
need to be 
implemented in order 
for business to grow 
when market recovers, 
notwithstanding 
challenging 2017

Headcount reduced  
to align with lower 
revenue projections 
but Group needs to 
retain and develop 
capabilities in support 
of  the strategic 
objectives

Greater focus on process 
for identifying key risks to 
the business at an early 
stage, and requiring 
management to mitigate 
accordingly

Implement strategic 
objectives for guiding 
Company through 
current downturn and 
towards growth as the 
market recovers in 2018 
and beyond 

Develop long-term 
succession plan for 
Board/management, 
involving the retention 
and development of  
key personnel and core 
competencies towards 
strategy

Annual general meetings of  the Company

In May 2016, the Company held its AGM in Dubai, United Arab 
Emirates and all then-current Directors were present and stood for 
re-election. We encourage our shareholders to attend the AGM as 
an opportunity to engage in a constructive dialogue with the Board 
members. As has been the norm, all resolutions were passed  
on a show of  hands; however as a matter of  good governance 

and in accordance with the changes to the Code, voting on 
resolutions 8, 10, 12 and 14 (which related to the re-election of  
the independent Non-Executive Directors) was conducted by 
independent shareholders only (i.e. excluding the “controlling 
shareholders”)  

page 39. 

The Company plans to hold its 2017 AGM on 21 May 2017 in 
Dubai and full details are set out in the Notice of  Meeting which 
accompanies this report and is also available on our website. All 
Directors are planning to attend and will be available to answer 
questions from shareholders. Each item will be presented as a 
separate resolution. Any shareholder unable to attend in person 
but wishing to submit a question for consideration by the Directors, 
is invited to submit questions to investorrelations@lamprell.com.

Pursuant to the Company’s Articles of  Association, the  
Directors are required to submit themselves for re-election  
by shareholders at least every three years and, in the case of  
Christopher McDonald, at the first available AGM of  the Company. 
As a smaller company, Lamprell proposes to submit four of  the 
Directors for re-election at the 2017 AGM in compliance with  
our Articles. 

As also required, the Company makes the terms and conditions 
of  Directors’ engagement available for inspection at the registered 
office of  the Company during normal business hours and also at 
the Company’s AGM 15 minutes prior to the meeting and during 
the meeting.

Communications with shareholders

As in previous years, Lamprell focussed heavily on effective and 
open communications with its shareholders, not least because 
of  the impact of  the declining oil price on the Company’s share 
price. Whilst the Chairman assumes overall responsibility for 
communication of  shareholder views to the Board, investor 
relations activities are primarily handled by the CEO and CFO with 
the support of  a dedicated investor relations team. During 2016, 
over 120 investor and analyst meetings were held by the investor 
relations team face-to-face and over the phone, of  which the CEO 
and/or CFO attended over 70%.

As in previous years, Company representatives met with major 
institutional shareholders and market analysts following the 
announcement for our financial results and at other key times 
during the year such as around trading updates to the market. 
Wherever possible, the Company will aim to organise analyst 
site visits (similar to the one organised in 2015). In addition, the 
Chairman and Senior Independent Director are available to speak 
with shareholders and did communicate from time to time with 
shareholders on specific issues during 2016.

The Company has made use of  the services of  JPMC as its 
corporate broker since its listing in 2006 and JPMC has supported 
and advised the Board through a number of  corporate transactions 
including the rights issue of  2014. The Board decided to appoint 
a second broker with a view to accessing a wider shareholder 
base and so the Company appointed Investec Bank plc as its joint 
corporate broker to act alongside JPMC in 2015.

page 39. The Company has strived to 

The Company also views the AGM as an important process for 
liaising with shareholders 
take account of  comments from shareholders and has engaged 
with investor advisory groups to understand their concerns, with 
the aim of  maximising the votes in favour of  resolutions submitted 
for approval at the AGM. With the exception of  resolution 3 (relating 
to the Directors’ Annual Report on Remuneration for 2015), all 
resolutions were passed with at least 98% of  the votes cast 
in favour of  the respective resolutions. In relation to resolution 
3, the Board has taken steps to address the concerns of  the 
shareholders regarding remuneration of  its Directors as noted in 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report 

page 46.  

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201639

Consistent communication with our shareholders

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Preliminary 
Results 

Annual 
Report 
published

AGM 
attended by 
all Directors

Sell-side and 
buy-side 
roadshow

Sell-side and
buy-side
roadshow  

Interim 
Results
published

New CEO 
introduced 
to top 
shareholders 
and analysts   

Regular press releases regarding Company’s business

Regular, ongoing dialogue and phone calls with major shareholders and analysts

Corporate presentations, market announcements including trading updates and contract wins,  
and other Company information on our website at www.lamprell.com

Significant shareholders

Communications with other key stakeholders

As at 20 March 2017, being the latest practicable date prior to 
the publication of  this Annual Report, the significant interests in 
the voting rights of  Company’s issued ordinary shares based on 
the last request for confirmation as to the beneficial ownership of  
voting rights in the Company (at or above 5% beneficial ownership) 
were as follows:

Lamprell Holdings Limited

Schroders plc

Prudential plc group (including M&G 
Investment Management)  

MFS Investment Management

Voting rights 
attaching to issued 
ordinary shares

% of  total 
voting 
rights

113,182,291

54,425,776

28,470,799

27,399,257

33.12

15.93

8.33

8.02

By virtue of  the size of  its shareholding in the Company, Lamprell 
Holdings Limited and its ultimate owner, Steven Lamprell, are 
“controlling shareholders” for the purposes of  the UK’s Listing 
Rules. Accordingly, they were required to enter into an agreement 
with the Company to ensure compliance with the independence 
provisions set out in the Listing Rules (“Controlling Shareholder 
Agreement”). 

The Controlling Shareholder Agreement regulates the ongoing 
relationship between the Company and these controlling 
shareholders. The Company has complied with the independence 
and all other provisions in the Controlling Shareholder Agreement. 
So far as the Company is aware, the controlling shareholders have 
also complied with the independence and all other provisions in the 
Controlling Shareholder Agreement. The Controlling Shareholder 
Agreement represents a key component of  the Company’s 
corporate governance structure. 

Lamprell’s core lending group is another key stakeholder group for 
the business and the debt facility terms represent a fundamental 
part of  the Group’s governance structure as they include certain 
banking covenants and restrictions. The management team 
provides regular updates on key aspects of  the business to the 
lending group and the CFO communicates frequently with each  
of  the lending banks to address any queries.

The Board also places considerable importance on positive and 
effective interaction with the Group’s workforce and Lamprell’s 
internal Corporate Communications team coordinates campaigns 
for the management team to cascade key messages throughout 
the organisation. In 2016, there were campaigns relating to 
significant safety matters such as hand injuries and IT security 
matters which continue to be a key enterprise risk for the business 
page 14. In January and August 2016, James Moffat conducted 
a series of  “townhall meetings” at each of  the three main facilities 
in the UAE, which were focussed on the Company’s performance 
and on developments within the business. With the arrival of  
Christopher McDonald as CEO, he recognised the value in such 
close communication with the workforce and so conducted his  
own series of  “mini-townhall meetings” to introduce himself  to the 
staff and explain his intentions for the business.

Directors’ remuneration

The Remuneration Committee is primarily responsible for 
determining the Company’s remuneration policy, taking into 
account the best practices as well as the advice from external 
consultants on peer companies. Details of  the Company’s policy 
on remuneration, the Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 
31 December 2016 and their interests in the ordinary shares of  
the Company can be found in the Directors’ Annual Report on 
Remuneration 

page 53.

Directors’ and Officers’ insurance cover

Each year, the Board reviews and approves the level of  the 
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover to ensure that it is 
appropriate in light of  the circumstances, size and risks within the 
business. This is subject to the usual exclusions such as fraud or 
dishonesty by a Director.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
40

NOMINATION & GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT

NOMINATION  
& GOVERNANCE 
COMMITTEE 
REPORT

With the planned departure of  the previous 
CEO in late 2016, the Committee’s primary 
focus for much of  2016 was the completion 
of  the process for identifying and appointing 
a new CEO, which was achieved with the 
arrival of  Mr McDonald in October 2016.  
John Malcolm, Committee Chairman

Committee members

John Malcolm  
(Committee Chairman and Non-Executive Director)

John Kennedy (Executive Chairman)

Ellis Armstrong (Senior Independent Director)

Mel Fitzgerald (Non-Executive Director)

Debra Valentine (Non-Executive Director)

Meeting attendance

Committee member

John Malcolm (Chairman)

John Kennedy

Ellis Armstrong

Mel Fitzgerald

Debra Valentine

No. of 
meetings 
attended

No. of 
meetings 
eligible

4

4

4

4

4

Committee attendance 

The Committee is comprised of  five members, four of  whom are 
considered to be wholly independent, plus the Executive Chairman 
of  the Board. Aside from the members, the Company Secretary 
and the Group’s VP of  HR are typically invited to attend meetings.

Remit of  the Committee 

The Committee has primary responsibility for the structure, 
balance, diversity and experience on the Board and Committees, 
and for leading the evaluation of  the Board’s performance and 
effectiveness. It also assesses the succession planning needs 
at the senior level. In addition, the Committee considers the 
implications of  changes in the regulatory framework such as the 
Market Abuse Regulation and advises the Board on the same. 
With the increased global concerns around security, the Board 
also delegated responsibility for overseeing the Group’s security 
activities to the Committee, which resulted in a major review of  the 
Group’s security policy.

The Committee’s written terms of  reference are available on the 
Company’s website.

Activities during 2016

The Committee devoted most time and resources to the recruitment 
process for the replacement of  James Moffat as CEO arising from 
his planned retirement. The process included the preparation and 
refinement of  long and short lists of  candidates as well as the 
arranging of  interviews with high potential candidates, all with the 
assistance of  Korn Ferry and Maxwell Drummond, two executive 
recruitment specialist firms. Once Mr McDonald had been 
identified as the preferred candidate, the Committee acted as the 
primary evaluating body for his candidacy, but regularly reported to 
the full Board on progress.

The Company made use of  Korn Ferry and Maxwell Drummond 
because of  their strong profiles in the industry, proven assessment 
processes and broad contact networks from which to source 
candidates. Save as disclosed 
no other connection with the Company.  

page 37, these companies had 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016The Committee also spent considerable time considering the 
following key items:

Board expertise 

41

Oil & Gas markets 63%

Financial  38%

Middle East 38%

Fabrication / EPC 38%

Public company boards 50%

Risk management 63%

Legal 13%

Employee gender split 

M a n a g ement 2016
M a n a g ement 2016

M a n a g ement 2015
M a n a g ement 2015

9%
9%

8%
8%

91%
91%

92%
92%

•  the continuing need for the Executive Chairman role taking into 

account both the need for a smooth transition to Mr McDonald as 
the new CEO and the wider market challenges; and

•  the nomination of  Mr Garrett as a Director of  the Board by 
page 39 and how this would 
the controlling shareholders 
impact the Board’s size and composition. The Board had to 
pay due regard to the decreasing size of  both the turnover and 
the overhead costs structure, in light of  the continuing market 
downturn and whether a further director was appropriate in all 
the circumstances, as well as the regulatory aspects of  such 
an appointment. All parties acknowledged and understood the 
overriding fiduciary duties of  a Director to the Company.  

Leadership succession planning 

The Board considers succession planning and internal talent 
management to be significant for delivery of  the Group’s strategy. 
There was positive progress in this area during 2015 but, with the 
challenging market environment, the higher priority in 2016 was 
for the Committee to oversee the restructuring at the management 
level as the Group downsized at all levels. The new management 
organisation has intentionally been designed to incorporate fewer 
layers with a view to minimising overhead costs; this included 
among other personnel the departures of  the Chief  Commercial 
Officer in mid-2016 and the Chief  Operating Officer in early 
2017. The Committee worked to ensure that the leadership team 
nevertheless maintained its critical core competencies in the new 
management structure and mitigated any key retention risks.  

The Committee considers that the Group has taken the appropriate 
steps in 2016 and early 2017 to restructure its management team 
in a way that allows the Group to retain its operational effectiveness 
and to be cost-competitive, in anticipation of  the market recovery 
when it arrives.

Diversity policy

Noting the benefits of  diversity, the Board implemented a diversity 
policy which included the recruitment of  a minimum of  one female 
Director by the end of  2016. Following a process which took place 
in 2015, Debra Valentine joined the Board as a NED and she 
provides a broad range of  competencies on the Board with her 
prior experience working at a senior executive level for many years 
in the extractive industries. Within the wider management level, 
there is broader diversity of  ethnicity and backgrounds although 
the Company does not currently have any female representatives 
among the senior management team.

Service agreements and letters of  appointment 

Executive Directors are employed under Directors’ Service 
Contracts with termination notice periods of  not more than  
12 months.

Non-Executive Directors are engaged pursuant to letters of  
appointment which do not have fixed terms but they are subject  
to re-election by the Company’s shareholders at intervals of  not 
more than three years. All existing Directors have been elected 
or re-elected by the shareholders within the last year and new 
Directors will be proposed for election by the shareholders  
at the 2017 AGM. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE42

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

AUDIT & RISK 
COMMITTEE  
REPORT

It is a primary function of  the Committee 
to ensure that the financial statements 
are fair, balanced and understandable 
and the Committee achieves this through 
regular reporting of  key financial metrics 
by the management team and oversight on 
significant judgements and enterprise risks.
Ellis Armstrong, Committee Chairman

Committee members

Ellis Armstrong  
(Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director)

John Malcolm (Non-Executive Director)

Mel Fitzgerald (Non-Executive Director)

Meeting attendance

Committee member

Ellis Armstrong (Chairman)

John Malcolm

Mel Fitzgerald

No. of 
meetings 
attended

No. of 
meetings 
eligible

6

6

6

Committee attendance 

Throughout 2016, membership of  the Committee was comprised 
solely of  independent NEDs and Ellis Armstrong has relevant 
financial experience for the purposes of  the Code, thereby ensuring 
the appropriate balance of  financial and industry experience to 
assess the matters presented to the Committee.

As a “smaller company” under the Code, the Committee needs 
only two members but the Board determined that it was in the best 
interests for the Committee to have three members. Aside from 
the members, the Company Secretary and the Group’s CFO are 
typically invited to attend the meetings. In addition, the external  
and internal auditors are invited to meetings at key times during  
the year. On occasion, other Board members and managers attend 
by invitation.

Remit of  the Committee 

The Committee has primary responsibility for overseeing the integrity 
of  all of  the Company’s announcements relating to its financial 
performance, including its financial results, and for considering all 
matters relating to the terms of  appointment for, performance and 
independence of  the Company’s external auditors. The Committee 
advises the Board on whether the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable.

The Committee also oversees the Company’s enterprise risk 
management system 
systems, and monitors the effectiveness of  such systems 
particularly against potential ethical or fraudulent activities.  
This includes assessment of  the whistleblowing hotline activities.

page 14 as well as its internal control 

The Committee’s written terms of  reference are available on the 
Company’s website.

1st line of defence

Executive Committee

2nd line of defence

Financial control

Internal controls 
and annual self  
assessments

Internal policies and 
training

Health, safety and 
environment

Technology 

Risk management

Internal audit

Legal

3rd line of defence

Audit & Risk Committee
Monitors the integrity of  the Company’s financial statements  
and reviews financial and regulatory compliance and controls

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201643

Activities during 2016

The Committee’s main activities during 2016 were as follows:

•  overseeing management’s effort to forecast and manage its cash 
and cash equivalents through a challenging market environment 

•  considering the financial aspects of  the Company’s strategy 

including in particular (i) funding scenarios for the potential joint 
venture in Saudi Arabia; and (ii) the impact of  the late delivery of  
the Ensco 140 rig in August 2016

•  reviewing the year-end/interim financial statements for the 

Company including ongoing risks and opportunities 

•  ensuring a smooth transition from the incumbent auditors to 

Deloitte as the Company’s new external auditors following the 
tender process in 2015

•  evaluating the external auditor’s independence, objectivity and 

effectiveness

•  assessing the Group’s enterprise risk management database 

and how enterprise risks are identified and mitigated

•  reviewing the internal audit reports, outstanding action points 

and the 2017 audit plan

•  ongoing assessment of  the control environment and systems

•  reporting on the whistleblowing statistics and reported cases 

Significant judgements in 2016

Company. The Committee remains satisfied as to the auditor’s 
effectiveness and, in making this assessment, had due regard to 
their expertise and understanding of  the Group, their resourcing 
capabilities, independence and objectivity.

The Company’s Policy on Auditor Independence, which is available 
on the Group’s website, is designed to safeguard the objectivity of  
our external auditors and to ensure the independence of  the audit 
is not compromised. Under the policy, all audit-related services 
or non-audit services must receive specific pre-approval of  the 
Audit & Risk Committee if  the total annual fee for all such services 
exceeds 50% of  the sum of  the annual fees for audit services.  
Any and all audit-related services or non-audit services in excess 
of  this amount must be expressly pre-approved by the Audit & Risk 
Committee. Further, in respect of  all services, a tender process is 
required for any project or scope of  work which is anticipated to 
generate fees in excess of  USD 250,000. Accordingly, Deloitte LLP 
could, under certain conditions, be engaged to undertake non-
audit services provided that it does not compromise the integrity of  
their audit work. The Policy also sets out services that Deloitte LLP 
is prohibited from undertaking under any circumstances. There 
was no breach of  the policy.

In 2016, Deloitte LLP provided non-audit services with a total 
value of  USD 544 (2015: USD 101,014) against an annual audit 
fee including Group audit fees with a total value of  USD 520,000 
(2015: USD 568,061). This demonstrates the continuing good 
balance between audit and non-audit services. During the year, the 
Committee reiterated the importance of  ensuring that the non-audit 
fees remain below 50% of  the total audit fee.

The Committee considered the significant judgements below 
during 2016. The Committee was satisfied that the judgements 
made by management were reasonable and that appropriate 
disclosures have been included in the accounts.

Given the oversight by the Committee and the change of  
auditor in 2015, the Committee considers that the objectivity 
and independence of  the external auditor were safeguarded 
throughout the financial year.

External auditor – activities and performance

Performance and effectiveness of  the external auditor

Deloitte LLP became the Company’s auditor following a formal 
tender process in 2015, replacing PricewaterhouseCoopers. 
Deloitte LLP presented to the Committee on various matters 
(including their audit report on the 2016 financial results) on two 
occasions in relation to 2016 matters. Deloitte LLP also provided 
the Committee with updates on changes to accounting, regulatory 
and corporate governance laws and regulations that impact the 

Under the Committee’s terms of  reference, it assesses the auditor’s 
independence, performance and effectiveness at least on an 
annual basis, by reference to the activities of  Deloitte LLP and also 
by way of  feedback from several sources: the Committee relies on 
self-assessment by Deloitte LLP of  its performance, on feedback 
from certain senior managers that work closely alongside the 

Significant judgements during 2016

Significant judgements Views/actions of the Committee with respect to significant judgements

Goodwill and headroom At both the half  year and the year end, the Committee considered where indicators of  impairment existed and the results of  
any related impairment reviews. Annual reviews are routinely carried out in relation to goodwill and intangible assets, with the 
Committee’s role being primarily to challenge the significant assumptions and estimates made to ensure that they are fit for 
purpose. Given the decline in revenues both in 2016 and projected for 2017 and the Company’s lower share price, impairment 
charges in respect of  the goodwill attributed to the acquisition of  the MIS Group in 2011 were recorded to give a full year 
impairment charge of  USD 180.5 million. The Committee considered the appropriateness of  the assumptions and challenged 
the factors used in the review process. After discussion, it was satisfied that the assumptions and the disclosures in the year-end 
accounts were appropriate. The external auditors assessed this as an area of  particular focus.

Review of  subjective 
provisions

Revenue recognition 
and estimated cost 
to complete on major 
projects

Segmental reporting

At each meeting, the Committee evaluated management’s report on material subjective provisions taken in respect of  matters 
including doubtful debts, contract accruals, project risks and warranty issues. The Committee considers the appropriateness, 
adequacy and consistency of  approach to provisioning at each meeting and all material provisions are discussed and 
challenged. Given the uncertain economic climate for supply chain companies in the oil and gas sector, there was a focus  
in the year on the recoverability of  receivables and on the processes in place to monitor credit risk.

The Committee reviewed the reasonableness of  judgements made regarding the cost to complete estimate, recognition 
of  variation orders and adequacy of  contingency provisions to mitigate contract specific risks. This was discussed with 
management and audited by internal audit to ensure the operating effectiveness of  internal controls. The Committee concluded 
that the quantification and timing of  revenue and margin recognition continues to be in line with IFRS requirements and satisfied 
itself  that the Company’s financial statements had been prepared on the basis of  the accounting policy and noted that the 
external auditors had audited the methodology on that basis.

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal report provided to the chief  operating decision-maker 
which is the Board of  Directors. With effect from 1 January 2015, the business was reorganised on the basis of  business units or 
value streams as opposed to facilities which had been the case in prior years. As a result of  the change, management explained 
the structure of  the revised operating segments and the Committee reviewed the determination to assess and ensure proper 
disclosure of  reporting segments.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
44

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

auditors including the CFO and the Company Secretary, and on 
its own evaluation of  Deloitte LLP’s services based on the results 
of  its audit work and the challenges presented to the views and 
positions of  the Group’s management.

In light of  the accumulated feedback, the Committee remains 
satisfied with Deloitte LLP’s independence and effectiveness and 
the Board concurs with the assessment by the Committee.

Auditor tender process 

The Code provides that a listed company should put its external 
audit contract out to public tender at least every ten years. As 
noted above, the Company retendered for its external audit 
services in 2015 which is in line with best practice.

Deloitte LLP has expressed its willingness to be appointed and 
continue to act as external auditor and a resolution to appoint 
Deloitte LLP will be proposed at the forthcoming 2017 AGM for  
its services in respect of  the 2017 financial year.

Interaction with internal auditors

The Company has a well-established and embedded internal 
audit (IA) function and the Head of  IA presents to the Committee 
at least on a bi-annual basis, providing updates and analysis for 
the internal audits, as well as making key recommendations and 
observations to the Committee and submitting a proposal for the 
internal audits proposed for the subsequent year.

Aside from leading the annual control self-assessment exercises 
that have been completed during the year, the IA function 
conducted the following audits during 2016:

•  Operations – Transport Management

•  Inventory Management

•  Unscheduled Cash Count

•  Finance – Management Reporting

•  Contracts Management Process

•  Operations – Maintenance of  Assets

•  Estimation & Proposals

•  Project Management – Rig Refurbishments

•  Outsourced document storage facility

•  Procurement & Supply Chain Approval Process Review

There has been close interaction between the IA and Group risk 
functions in order to formulate the 2017 planned internal audits. 
Necessary amendments to the IA plan are made during the year, 
subject to the Committee’s approval, in instances where the level 
of  risk had increased, or decreased significantly, or circumstances 
within the Group had changed, or as specifically requested by 
management. The Committee assesses, by reference to the 
highlighted risk trends within the business and best practices, the 
key recommendations and observations and approve actions and 
the forward-looking internal audit plan. 

As a matter of  best practice the Committee meets with the internal 
auditor without executives present to discuss any sensitive 
matters or concerns. Equally and much in the same way as with 
the external auditors, the Committee reviews the performance 
and effectiveness of  the IA function and remains satisfied of  the 
effectiveness of  the IA function.

Enterprise risk management

Each of  the Directors acknowledges and accepts that the Board 
as a whole takes responsibility for risk management in line with the 
Code requirements. The Board has delegated the administration 
and monitoring of  the effectiveness of  the Group’s internal control 
and risk management systems to the Committee. However, the 
day-to-day responsibility for developing and implementing the 
internal control and risk management procedures resides with 
the executive management team which then reports on risk to 
the Committee. In 2016, management presented twice to the 
Committee, once in May and then again in November. The purpose 
of  such presentations was to ensure that the Committee, and 
therefore the Board, has appropriate oversight of  enterprise risks 
and their potential impact on the business, with a particular focus 
on the risks that are specific to the Group.  

This disclosure and monitoring system for enterprise risks facing 
the Group provides the Directors with reasonable (but not 
absolute) assurance against material misstatements and losses. 
The structure of  the risk management mechanisms as well as the 
results of  this system can be seen in the information relating to the 
principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, together with 
the mitigating factors 

page 14. 

Risk management is being embedded into the daily working life of  
Lamprell employees and how they complete projects, in addition to 
the enterprise risk management being overseen by the Committee. 
This is being done with a view to identifying potential hazards and 
risks on a project at an early stage and taking mitigating actions 
accordingly. Risk is assessed formally at the business unit level 
through the maintenance of  project and department risk registers. 
The updating of  the risk registers is a regular process, involving the 
regular effective identification, evaluation and management of  risks 
by individual managers. 

Internal controls framework

The Company has a system of  internal controls based around the 
following key features:

•  a strategy defined and implemented by the Board

•  financial planning including annual budgets, quarterly reviews 

and three-year forecasting

•  oversight and approval of  projects and/or contract awards either 
through executive management and/or, where required on major 
projects, the Board 

•  implementation and use of  an integrated enterprise resources 

planning system, linking the various business functions

•  policies and procedures which define the Group’s standards of  

business including a schedule of  matters reserved for the Board, 
a clear organisation structure and a delegation of  authority 
matrix 

•  the Company’s Business Code of  Conduct framed according to 

the Group’s core values

There are also various policies and procedures which embed 
regulatory requirements into the daily operations of  the Group such 
as the anti-bribery and corruption policy, the disclosure policy and 
procedure, the share dealing code, the insider dealing and market 
abuse policy and the whistleblowing policy. They are all available 
on the Company’s website www.lamprell.com. With the issuance 
of  the MAR in July 2016, the Board has updated and reissued its 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 201645

Managing risk appropriately during 2016 

At the Board level:

At the executive management level:

At the project/operational level:

Audit & Risk Committee conducts an annual 
review of  the effectiveness of  the systems of  
financial, operational and compliance controls 
and risk management systems 

The Board regularly receives comprehensive 
written reports from the CEO and the CFO on the 
strategic and financial risks within the business 
respectively

Presentation by management to the Audit & 
Risk Committee on the status of  the Group’s risk 
management systems 

Bi-annual report identifying the major, current 
risks and opportunities within the business is 
submitted by senior management to the Audit  
& Risk Committee

VP Commercial & Risk Management is a 
member of  the ExCom – forum for management 
oversight of  project and department risks 

Project managers are directly responsible 
for identification and ensuring that risks are 
captured in the risk database

Business unit/department heads are responsible 
for the identification, evaluation and mitigation of  
risks within their businesses/departments

As project risk owners, project managers 
implement the risk mitigation plans within their 
respective projects

Creation of  an online, interactive risk database 
which is used to capture all project and 
department risks and provide reports on risk 
trends and severity/likelihood of  risk

Project managers report on project risks  
on a regular basis to management

Internal Audit ensures application and 
consistency of  Group’s risk policies and 
procedures by undertaking internal audits

share dealing code to comply with MAR and has also implemented 
a more formalistic process for identifying and disclosing inside 
information which includes the use of  a Disclosure Committee 
comprising the Executive Chairman, CEO, CFO and Company 
Secretary.

There is a multi-lingual, secure whistleblowing hotline which 
was set up to allow any stakeholders including staff members to 
report ethical breaches, irregularities or simply concerns on a 
confidential basis without any fear of  recrimination. They are all 
key elements of  an internal control system which is designed to 
assist in the achievement of  the Group’s business objectives. With 
the promulgation of  laws the Group also employs other processes 
to educate the workforce on the importance of  high standards 
of  behaviour and ethics including an e-learning module on the 
Company’s Business Code of  Conduct and annual conflict of  
interest declarations for managers and key personnel.

The Committee undertakes an annual review of, and monitors, the 
effectiveness of  the systems of  internal control including financial, 
operational and compliance controls and risk management 
systems. This is performed in collaboration with both the internal 
and external auditors and, where weaknesses have been 
identified; the management team was tasked with implementing 
further safeguards which will then be re-tested by the audit teams. 
The Committee reports on its monitoring and observations to the 
Board at least annually. The Directors are satisfied that, as a result 
of  the systems and the oversight functions, the internal control 
environment is operating effectively.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE46

DIRECTORS’  
REMUNERATION  
REPORT

The Remuneration Committee continues  
to focus on ensuring that Directors and 
senior management are incentivised to  
meet challenging stretch targets that are  
designed to drive business growth and  
build shareholder value.

Committee members

John Malcolm  
(Committee Chairman and Non-Executive Director)

Ellis Armstrong (Senior Independent Director)

Debra Valentine (Non-Executive Director) 

Meeting attendance

Committee member

John Malcolm (Chairman)

Ellis Armstrong

Debra Valentine

No. of 
meetings 
attended

No. of 
meetings 
eligible

7

7

7

Dear Shareholders, 
On behalf  of  the Board, I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2016.  

Performance and reward in 2016 

During 2016 the Committee devoted significant time and attention 
to aligning Directors’ remuneration with the long-term interests 
of  the shareholders. This was achieved primarily through the 
establishment of  challenging incentive plan targets that require 
significant out-performance whilst motivating Directors and senior 
management to share in the success of  the business.

As a result of  the schedule difficulties on the Ensco 140 project, 
caused by third party equipment failures, and the consequent 
financial settlement with the client, the Company did not meet the 
minimum threshold required in relation to the net profit target to 
trigger any STIP pay out. As such no annual bonus was paid to any 
of  the Executive Directors in respect of  2016 performance.

As a further consequence of  the Group’s 2016 performance  
and its impact on cumulative EBITDA, end of  period backlog  
and relative TSR, the performance shares awarded to Directors  
on 18 November 2014, with a performance cycle related to the 
three years ending 31 December 2016, failed to achieve the 
minimum vesting requirements in two of  the three metrics and 
achieved only 5.21% vesting in the relative TSR metric.

Performance shares were granted in October 2016 to the  
incoming CEO, Christopher McDonald, and the CFO, Tony Wright, 
in accordance with the rules of  the long-term incentive plan,  
page 52. Additional shares were awarded to Mr McDonald 
to compensate him for unvested share awards that he forfeited 
page 57, and to John 
as a consequence of  joining Lamprell, 
Kennedy, Executive Chairman, in respect of  his extended role 
page 58. These awards were designed to 
and responsibilities, 
incentivise high performance and, in the case of  Mr McDonald,  
to encourage retention.

Christopher McDonald was appointed CEO and Director  
effective 1 October succeeding James Moffat who stood down  
on 30 September and transitioned to a part-time consulting 
agreement on 10 November. Further details of  Mr Moffat’s 
page 37. The decision 
Consulting Agreement terms are given 
to retain James Moffat on a part-time consulting agreement was 
designed to enable a smooth transition to the new CEO whilst 
continuing to focus on key strategic initiatives.

After an extensive search process, the Board was particularly 
pleased to secure a candidate of  such high calibre from one  
of  the leading companies in the global oil & gas industry.  
Mr McDonald’s remuneration, 
competitively with the emphasis on building long-term incentive 
based share ownership in return for achieving challenging growth 
targets and the Company’s strategic objectives, 

page 56, was structured 

page 12. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORTRemuneration policy for 2017 

Remuneration Policy 

47

The Remuneration Committee has continued to monitor emerging 
trends in UK executive remuneration practices and has engaged 
actively in reviewing the need for any potential changes in policy 
for 2017. The Committee is satisfied that the current remuneration 
policy, that was approved at the 2016 AGM, is broadly aligned 
with the UK market and as such the only change that will be made 
for 2017, in response to shareholder feedback following the 2016 
AGM, is an increase in the executive share ownership guidelines 
from 150% to 200% of  annual base salary for the CEO and from 
125% to 150% for other Executive Directors. It is noted that this is 
a change in policy implementation rather than the policy itself  and 
hence does not require shareholder approval.

The Committee is satisfied that the Remuneration Policy continues 
to link executive reward with high performance and will ensure 
that we can continue to recruit and retain the right calibre of  
senior management to maximise shareholder value and deliver 
sustainable growth over the longer term.

We shall be seeking your support for each part of  this report at the 
forthcoming AGM on 21 May 2017. On behalf  of  the Committee, I 
recommend this remuneration report to you and I hope that you will 
find it clear, concise and understandable.

John Malcolm
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

23 March 2017

This part of  the report sets out the remuneration policy for the 
Company and has been prepared in accordance with the Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. The Remuneration Policy 
for the Company has been developed taking into account the 
principles of  the Code and the views of  our major shareholders 
and describes the policy to be applied from 2017 onwards. The 
Policy Report was put to a binding shareholder vote and approved 
at the 2016 AGM.

Policy overview

The Committee is responsible, on behalf  of  the Board, for 
establishing appropriate remuneration arrangements for the 
Executive Directors and other senior management in the Group.

Our remuneration policy aims to drive continuous improvements in 
business performance and maximise shareholder value by offering 
remuneration packages that are appropriately balanced and are 
designed to enable the recruitment, retention and motivation of  
talented executive directors and senior management. 

In setting the remuneration policy, the Committee considers the 
remuneration policy and levels of  remuneration for the wider 
employee population, compensation policies and practices in 
the UAE, the UK and also in the wider market. The Committee will 
ensure that the arrangements are in the best interests of  both the 
Group and its shareholders, by taking into account the following 
general principles:

•  To attract, retain and motivate the best talent without paying 

more than is necessary.

•  To ensure total remuneration packages are simple and fair in 

design and valued by participants. 

•  To ensure that the fixed element of  remuneration is determined 
broadly in line with market rates, taking account of  individual 
performance, responsibilities and experience; and that a 
significant proportion of  the total remuneration package is linked 
to performance-related incentives. 

•  To balance performance pay between the achievement of  

financial performance objectives and delivering sustainable 
stock market outperformance; creating a clear line of  sight 
between performance and reward and providing a focus on 
sustained improvements in profitability and returns. 

•  To calibrate carefully all performance metrics and associated 

sliding scale ranges to ensure that performance is incrementally 
rewarded through stretching targets and that executives are not 
inadvertently incentivised to take inappropriate business risks.

•  To maintain the highest possible health and safety standards 
where any fatality that takes place in a facility operated by the 
Company or any of  its subsidiaries may result in discretionary 
withdrawal of  incentive eligibility.

•  To provide a significant proportion of  performance linked pay 
in shares allowing senior management to build significant 
shareholding in the business and, therefore, aligning 
management with shareholders’ interests and the Group’s 
performance. 

•  To maintain appropriate governance and risk management 
through the application of  holding periods and clawback 
provisions on incentive plan awards.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE48

Consideration of  shareholder views 

The Company is committed to maintaining good communications 
with investors and in particular around compensation matters. 
The Committee also considers the AGM to be an opportunity to 
meet and communicate with investors and consider shareholder 
feedback received as a result of  the AGM each year and guidance 
from shareholder representative bodies more generally. This 
feedback, together with any additional feedback received from 

time to time, is then considered as part of  the Company’s annual 
review of  remuneration policy. The Committee will also seek to 
engage directly with major shareholders and their representative 
bodies should any material changes be made to the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy. Details of  the votes cast for and against the 
resolution to approve last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report 
are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Summary of  the Directors’ remuneration policy

The following table sets out the key aspects of  the Directors’ remuneration policy1.

Element of pay

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance framework

Base salary

To attract, retain and 
motivate talented 
individuals who are critical 
to the Group’s success

Annual bonus 

To reward the achievement 
of  the Group’s annual 
financial and non-financial 
objectives linked to the 
delivery of  the Group’s 
strategic plan 

There is no prescribed 
minimum or maximum 
annual increase. The 
Committee is guided by 
market position and the 
average increase for the 
workforce generally but on 
occasions may recognise 
an increase in certain 
circumstances such 
as assumed additional 
responsibility or an 
increase in the scale or 
scope of  the role

Maximum opportunity of  
100% for all Executive 
Directors 

Company performance 
appraisal process

At least two thirds of  
the annual bonus will 
be based on Group 
financial performance 
or other key business 
metrics with the remainder 
dependent on the 
achievement of  individual 
performance objectives 
to provide a rounded 
assessment of  the Group’s 
and management’s 
performance

The financial metrics 
incorporate an appropriate 
sliding scale around a 
challenging target

Reviewed annually 
by the Committee or, 
if  appropriate, in the 
event of  a change in an 
individual’s position or 
responsibilities

Base salary levels set by 
reference to competitive 
market rates, taking 
into account level of  
responsibility, individual 
performance, skills 
and experience, Group 
performance and the 
pay and conditions in the 
workforce

Normally payable in cash

Performance targets are 
approved annually by the 
Committee 

The Committee has 
discretion to override the 
formulaic outturn of  the 
bonus and determine the 
appropriate level of  bonus 
payable if  it believes 
exceptional circumstances 
warrant it, or if  it is 
deemed necessary based 
on safety, environmental, 
social and governance 
issues

Clawback provisions apply 
for overpayments due to 
misstatement or error and 
other circumstances

1.  A description of  how the Company intends to implement the above policy is set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORTElement of pay

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance framework

49

Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

To balance performance 
pay between the 
achievement of  strong 
financial performance 
and delivering sustainable 
stock market out-
performance

To encourage share 
ownership and alignment 
with shareholder interests

End of  service 
gratuity

To offer executives a 
retirement benefit as 
required under the UAE 
Labour Law

Benefits and 
allowances

To offer a market-
competitive level of  
benefits to ensure the 
Executive Directors’ 
well-being and provide 
additional allowances 
in line with local market 
practice 

Normal maximum 
opportunity of  120% 
of  base salary for the 
CEO and 100% of  base 
salary for other Executive 
Directors 

Exceptional maximum 
opportunity of  150% of  
base salary

Performance is assessed 
against challenging 
independent financial 
metrics that may include 
relative or absolute total 
shareholder return (“TSR”), 
cumulative EBITDA, end 
of  period backlog and 
other equally challenging 
metrics 

On each element,  
between 0 and 20% 
of  an award will vest 
for achieving threshold 
performance, increasing 
and vesting pro rata at 
a further target with full 
vesting for achievement 
of  maximum stretch 
performance targets

Company contributions 
are limited to two years’ 
base salary by UAE 
Labour Law  

None

Actual value of  benefits 
provided

None

Annual awards of  
conditional shares or nil 
(or nominal cost) options 
(or possibly cash) with 
vesting dependent on 
the achievement of  
performance conditions 
over a three-year period

An additional mandatory 
holding period of  two 
years will apply to all 
vested awards (net of  tax)

Performance targets and 
metrics are approved 
annually by the Committee

The Committee has 
discretion to scale back 
(potentially to zero) the 
vesting of  any awards if  it 
believes the results are not 
an accurate reflection of  
the Company’s underlying 
performance

Clawback provisions apply 
for overpayments due to 
misstatement or error and 
other circumstances 

Dividends that accrue 
during the vesting period 
may be paid in cash or 
shares at the time of  
vesting, to the extent that 
shares vest

The Company has no 
Group-wide pension 
scheme

A lump sum cash payment 
is awarded following end 
of  service, based on the 
length of  service and final 
base salary in accordance 
with UAE Labour Law

Current benefits include a 
housing allowance, private 
medical/life insurance, 
use of  a company car, fuel 
allowance, annual leave air 
fares and utility expenses

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE50

Element of pay

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance framework

Share ownership 
guidelines 

To further strengthen 
the long-term alignment 
between executives and 
shareholders 

Non-Executive 
Directors’ (“NEDs”) 
fees

Set to attract, retain 
and motivate talented 
individuals through the 
provision of  market 
competitive fees

None

None

Executive Directors are 
required to retain the net 
proceeds of  vested share 
awards which vest under 
the Group’s discretionary 
share plans

Reviewed periodically by 
the Executive Directors 
and Chairman (except 
for his own fee) or, if  
appropriate, in the 
event of  a change in an 
individual’s position or 
responsibilities

Fee levels set by 
reference to market rates, 
taking into account the 
individual’s experience, 
responsibility, time and 
travel commitments 

Expected to achieve 150% 
of  base salary for the CEO 
and 125% of  base salary 
for the other Executive 
Directors within five years2

As for the Executive 
Directors, there is no 
prescribed minimum or 
maximum annual increase. 
The Executive Directors 
and Chairman are guided 
by market position but on 
occasions may recognise 
an increase in certain 
circumstances such 
as, assumed additional 
responsibility or an 
increase in the scale or 
scope of  the role 

2. 

It is proposed to implement an increase in the share ownership guidelines from 2017 to 200% and 150% respectively as reported on 

page 58.

Performance metric selection

The annual bonus is predominantly based on key financial 
performance indicators, to reflect how successful the Group has 
been in managing its operations. The balance is determined on 
performance against individually determined strategic objectives 
and annual operational targets, including HSE.

The LTIP performance measures reward significant long-term 
returns to shareholders and long-term financial growth. Targets 
take account of  internal strategic planning and external market 
expectations for the Company and are set appropriate to the 
economic outlook and risk factors prevailing at the time, ensuring 
that such targets remain challenging in the circumstances, 
whilst remaining realistic enough to motivate and incentivise 
management. Only modest rewards are available for achieving 
threshold performance with maximum rewards requiring substantial 
out-performance of  challenging strategic plans approved at the 
start of  each year. 

Discretion

The Committee will operate the incentive plans in accordance with 
their respective rules, the UK Listing Rules and the HMRC rules 
where relevant. The Committee, consistent with market practice, 
retains discretion over a number of  areas relating to the operation 
and administration of  certain plan rules. These include (but are not 
limited to) the following: 

•  who participates; 

•  the timing of  the grant of  award and/or payment;

•  the size of  an award (up to plan/policy limits) and/or a payment;

•  the result indicated by the relative TSR performance condition 
may be scaled back (potentially to zero) in the event that the 
Committee considers that financial performance has been 
unsatisfactory and/or the outcome has been distorted due to 
the TSR for the Company or any comparator company being 
considered abnormal;

•  discretion relating to the measurement of  performance in the 

event of  a change of  control or reconstruction;

•  determination of  a good leaver (in addition to any specified 
categories) for incentive plan purposes and the treatment  
of  leavers;

•  adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights 
issues, corporate restructuring and special dividends); and

•  the ability to adjust existing performance conditions for 

exceptional events so that they can still fulfil their original 
purpose. 

For the avoidance of  doubt, in approving this Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, authority is given to the Company to honour 
any commitments entered into with current or former directors 
(such as, the vesting or exercise of  past share awards).

Relative to pay and employment conditions in the Group 

The Committee takes account of  remuneration levels offered to 
the senior management team in the Group as well as the awards 
affecting the wider employee population. When considering 
the Executive Directors’ remuneration structure and levels, the 
Committee reviews base salaries and incentive arrangements for 
the management team, to ensure that there is a coherent approach 
across the Group. Employees may be eligible to participate in an 
annual bonus arrangement and receive awards under the LTIP, 
Executive Share Option Plan (“ESOP”), Retention Share Plan 
(“RSP”) or Free Share Plan (“FSP”). Opportunities and performance 
metrics may vary by workforce level with specific business metrics 
incorporated where possible. 

While the Company sees communication among its employees as 
a key priority it does not formally consult with employees in respect 
of  the design of  the Executive Directors’ remuneration policy, 
although the Committee will keep this under review. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORTRemuneration scenarios for the Executive Directors 

Directors’ recruitment and promotions 

51

The charts below show an estimate of  the potential range of  
remuneration payable for the Executive Directors in 2017 at 
different levels of  performance. The charts highlight that the 
Executive Chairman
performance-related elements of  the package comprise a 
Total remuneration USD’000
significant portion of  the Executive Directors’ total remuneration  
at maximum performance. 
50%
50%
Maximum
Executive Chairman
Total remuneration USD’000
55%
On-target
Executive Chairman
50%
50%
Maximum
USD 613
100%
Minimum
Total remuneration USD’000
0
On-target
Maximum
Minimum
On-target
0

500
55%
50%
100%
55%
500

1,500
USD 1,226

USD 1,104

USD 1,104

USD 1,226

USD 1,226

USD 1,104

45%
1,000

USD 613

1,000
45%

1,500

2,000

2,000

50%

45%

Minimum

100%

USD 613

0
500
1,000
Chief Executive Officer
Total remuneration USD’000

1,500

2,000

18%

30%

52%

28%

38%

38%
100%

Maximum
Chief Executive Officer
Total remuneration USD’000
On-target
Chief Executive Officer
Maximum
Minimum
Total remuneration USD’000
0
500
1,000
2,000
On-target
Maximum
Minimum
On-target
0
500

1,500
28%
USD 960
30%

52%
38%
100%
52%

28%
USD 960

1,000

1,500

2,000

18%

30%

18%

34%

USD 2,500

USD 1,856

34%

USD 2,500

USD 1,856

2,500

3,000
USD 2,500

34%

3,500

USD 1,856

2,500

3,000

3,500

Minimum

100%

USD 960

500

0
1,000
Chief Financial Officer
Total remuneration USD’000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

3,500

23%

60% 25%

48%
Maximum
Chief Financial Officer
Total remuneration USD’000
15%
On-target
Chief Financial Officer
48%
Maximum
100%
Minimum
Total remuneration USD’000
0
On-target
Maximum
Minimum
On-target
0

60% 25%
48%
100%

Total fixed pay

500
Annual bonus

23%
USD 674

60% 25%

23%
USD 674

15%
1,000

1,000
15%

500

29%

USD 1,412

USD 1,117

29%

USD 1,412

1,500

USD 1,117
29%

USD 1,412

USD 1,117

1,500

2,000

2,000

Minimum

0

100%

USD 674

Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Total fixed pay
500
Annual bonus
Total fixed pay
Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Annual bonus

1,000

Long-Term Incentive Plan 

31 December 2016.

Assumptions:
1.  Base salary levels applying on 1 January 2017.
2  Benefits are estimated, based on the annualised value for the year ended  

1,500

2,000

3.  The end of  service gratuity is estimated, based on the accrual for the year ended  

31 December 2016.

4.   Minimum performance assumes no award is earned under the annual bonus plan and 
no vesting is achieved under the LTIP; at on-target, typically 80% of  the maximum 
is earned under annual bonus plan and typically 40% vesting is achieved under the 
LTIP; and at maximum there is full vesting under both plans. 

5.  As per the legislation, share price movement and dividend accrual have been 

excluded from the above analysis.

The Committee takes into account the need to attract, retain and 
motivate Executive Directors and senior managers of  the highest 
calibre, while at the same time ensuring a close alignment between 
the interests of  shareholders and management.

If  a new Executive Director were to be appointed, the 
Committee would seek to align the remuneration package with 
the remuneration policy approved by shareholders, including 
discretion to award an annual bonus up to 100% of  base salary 
and an LTIP award up to 120% for the CEO and 100% for other 
Executive Directors, with discretion, in exceptional circumstances, 
to grant an award of  up to 150% of  base salary. Flexibility would be 
retained to set base salaries at the level necessary to facilitate the 
hiring of  candidates of  appropriate calibre in external markets and 
to make awards or payments in respect of  deferred remuneration 
forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In terms of  remuneration 
to compensate forfeited awards, the Committee would look to 
replicate the arrangements being forfeited as closely as possible 
and in doing so, would take account of  relevant factors including 
the nature of  the remuneration, performance conditions and the 
time over which they would have vested or been paid. 

In exceptional circumstances and only on recruitment (e.g. to 
buyout the value of  awards forfeited) the Committee may also 
award share options of  up to 150% of  base salary under the 
ESOP. Options will vest dependent on the achievement of  agreed 
performance and/or retention conditions over a three year period 
and will be exercisable up to the 10th anniversary of  the date of  
grant. Dividends that accrue during the vesting period may be 
paid in cash or shares at the time of  vesting, to the extent that the 
options become exercisable.

For an internal appointment, any incentive amount awarded in 
respect of  a prior role may be allowed to vest on its original terms, 
or adjusted as relevant to take into account the appointment. 
Any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to 
appointment may continue.

The Committee may also agree that the Company will meet certain 
relocation and incidental expenses as appropriate.

For the appointment of  a new Non-Executive Chairman or NED, the 
fee arrangement would be set in accordance with the approved 
remuneration policy at that time. 

Directors’ service agreements and payments for loss of  office 

The Committee reviews the contractual terms of  the service 
agreements to ensure these reflect best practice. 

The Group’s policy is that Executive Directors should be employed 
on a rolling term, with a notice period not exceeding 12 months 
and in the event of  early termination, the Company will not make 
any payments beyond its contractual obligations. 

The Executive Directors’ service agreements are terminable on up 
to 12 months’ notice. In circumstances of  termination on notice, 
the Committee will determine an equitable compensation package, 
having regard to the particular circumstances of  the case. The 
Committee has discretion to require notice to be worked or to 
make payment in lieu of  notice or to place the Director on garden 
leave for the notice period. In case of  payment in lieu or garden 
leave, base salary, benefits and end of  service gratuity will be paid 
for the period of  notice served on garden leave or paid in lieu. If  
the Committee believes it would be in shareholders’ interests, the 
Company may elect to make payments in three separate tranches: 
50% within seven working days of  the termination date; 25% three 
months after the termination date; and 25% six months after the 
termination date. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe service contracts are available for inspection during normal 
business hours at the Company’s registered office, and available for 
inspection before and at the AGM. 

Remuneration payments under all Service Agreements are 
enforceable only insofar as they fall within a shareholder-approved 
Remuneration Policy.

Non-Executive Directors’ (NEDs) terms of  engagement

The NEDs do not have service contracts and instead are appointed 
by letters of  appointment for an initial term of  three years, which are 
terminable by three months’ notice on either side. At the end of  the 
initial period the appointment may be renewed by mutual consent 
for an additional three-year term, subject to re-election at the AGM. 

Upon termination or resignation, NEDs are not entitled to 
compensation and no fee is payable in respect of  the unexpired 
portion of  the term of  appointment.

Currently, four NEDs are considered to be independent of  the 
Company.  

The following table shows the effective date of  appointment for each 
NED:

Non-Executive Director

Date of appointment

John Malcolm1

Ellis Armstrong1

Mel Fitzgerald1

Debra Valentine1

Nicholas Garrett

27 May 2013

27 May 2013 

13 August 2015

1 September 2015

23 March 2017

1.  John Malcolm, Ellis Armstrong, Mel Fitzgerald and Debra Valentine are considered to 

be independent NEDs of  the Company. 

52

The annual bonus may be payable in respect of  the period of  the 
bonus plan year worked by the Director; there is no provision for 
an amount in lieu of  bonus to be payable for any part of  the notice 
period not worked. The bonus will be scaled back pro-rata for the 
period of  the incentive year worked by the Director and will still be 
payable at the normal payment date. 

Long-term incentives granted under the LTIP will be determined 
by the plan rules which contain discretionary good leaver 
provisions for designated reasons (e.g. participants who leave 
early on account of  injury, disability or ill health, or any other 
reason at the discretion of  the Committee). In these circumstances 
a participant’s awards will not be forfeited on cessation of  
employment and instead will vest on the normal vesting date. In 
exceptional circumstances, the Committee may decide that the 
participant’s award will vest early on the termination date. In either 
case, the extent to which the awards will vest depends on the 
extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied 
and a pro-rata reduction of  the awards will be applied by reference 
to the time of  cessation (although the Committee has discretion 
to disapply performance conditions and time pro-rating if  the 
circumstances warrant it). In the case of  death of  the participant, 
the award will vest at that time, irrespective of  whether or not any 
performance conditions have been satisfied, and the award will not 
be time pro-rated. 

In respect of  legacy options outstanding under the ESOP, the 
options will be determined by the plan rules which contain 
discretionary good leaver provisions for designated reasons (i.e. 
participants who leave early on account of  injury, disability or ill 
health, a sale of  their employer or business in which they were 
employed or any other reason at the discretion of  the Board). In 
these circumstances a participant’s options will not be forfeited 
on cessation of  employment but will vest on the termination date 
instead. The extent to which the options become exercisable 
depends, unless the Board determines otherwise, on the extent 
to which the performance conditions have been satisfied up until 
the termination date or such longer period as the Board may 
decide within six weeks of  the grant date. The performance period 
will end on the termination date unless the Board determines 
otherwise. In the case of  death of  a participant, the option will 
become exercisable at that time, irrespective of  whether or not any 
performance conditions have been satisfied, and the option will not 
be time pro-rated.

In the event of  a change of  control all unvested awards under the 
long-term incentive arrangements would vest, to the extent that any 
performance conditions attached to the relevant awards have been 
achieved. The awards will, other than in exceptional circumstances, 
be scaled back pro-rata for the period of  the incentive year worked 
by the director (although the Committee has discretion to disapply 
performance conditions and time pro-rating if  the circumstances 
warrant it). 

The table below sets out the details of  the Executive Directors’ 
service contracts:

Director

John William Kennedy 

James Moffat*

Antony Robert William Wright

Christopher Michael McDonald

Date of contract

13 August 2015

25 November 2012

13 August 2015

2 August 2016

*James Moffat stood down as a Director on 30 September 2016.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT53

between NBS and the Company or the Directors. The Committee 
also consulted with the CEO, CFO and Executive Chairman but not 
in relation to their own remuneration. 

NBS is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of  
Conduct and adheres to the Voluntary Code of  Conduct in relation 
to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The Committee has 
reviewed the operating processes in place at NBS and is satisfied 
that the advice it receives is objective and independent.

The fees paid to NBS during the year were £24,310.

Shareholder voting at AGM   

At last year’s AGM held on 15 May 2016, the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report received the following votes from 
shareholders: 

For

Against

Total number  
of votes

% of votes  
cast

189,262,895

114,348,018

62.3%

37.7%

Total votes cast (for and against)

303,610,913

100.0%

Votes withheld¹

Total votes cast  
(including withheld votes)

60,940

303,671,863

–

–

1.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of  the 

proportion of  votes cast ‘For’ and ‘Against’ a resolution.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

For

Against

Total votes cast (for and against)

303,671,197

Votes withheld

Total votes cast  
(including withheld votes)

656

303,671,853

Total number  
of votes

% of votes  
cast

300,865,886

99.1%

2,805,311

0.9%

100%

–

–

Implementation of  the Remuneration Policy for 2017 

The Company intends to implement the Remuneration Policy for 
2017 as follows:

Base salary

In setting base salaries for 2017, the Committee considered external 
market data as well as the market environment that has driven the 
need for overhead cost reductions. Accordingly the base salaries  
of  the Executive Directors in 2017 will remain the same as 2016.

Upon his appointment as CEO effective 1 October 2016, Christopher 
McDonald’s base salary was set relative to external market data 
and at a level consistent with the Company’s ability to attract a 
high calibre CEO to take the business forward in difficult market 
conditions. Mr McDonald’s annual base salary of  USD 700,000 was 
7% lower than that of  the outgoing CEO, James Moffat.

As reported last year, Tony Wright’s base salary was subject to 
review on 1 October 2016. However, in light of  market conditions,  
his base salary remained unchanged from his appointment on  
14 August 2015.

DIRECTORS’  
ANNUAL REPORT  
ON  
REMUNERATION

This report has been prepared in 
accordance with Part 3 of  the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013 and 9.8.6R of  the UK’s 
Listing Rules. The Annual Report on 
Remuneration will be put to an advisory 
shareholder vote at the 2017 AGM. The 
information on pages 56 to 58 (save as 
where indicated) has been audited. 

Responsibilities of  the Remuneration Committee

The Committee is responsible for determining and agreeing 
with the Board the policy on Executive Directors’ remuneration, 
including setting the over-arching principles, parameters and 
governance framework and determining the initial remuneration 
package of  each Executive Director. In addition, the Committee 
monitors the structure and level of  remuneration for the senior 
management team and is aware of  pay and conditions in the 
workforce generally. The Committee also ensures full compliance 
with the Code in relation to remuneration. The Committee’s terms of  
reference are available for review on the Company’s website. 

Members and activities of  the Committee

The members of  the Committee throughout the relevant period 
were John Malcolm (Committee Chair), Ellis Armstrong and 
Debra Valentine. Membership is comprised solely of  independent 
NEDs. None of  the current Committee members has day-to-day 
involvement with the business nor do they have any personal 
financial interest in the matters to be recommended. The Company 
Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee and the Vice 
President, Human Resources and Administration attends meetings 
on a regular basis to present and provide related support. The 
number of  formal meetings held and the attendance by each 
member is shown in the table on 
held informal discussions as required. 

page 46. The Committee also  

External advice received

During the year, the Committee received independent advice on 
remuneration matters from New Bridge Street (“NBS”), a trading 
name of  Aon plc. NBS did not provide other services to the Group 
during the year under review and there is no other connection 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE54

Accordingly, base salaries for 2017 are as follows:

Base salary  
from 1 January

2017

2016

%
increase

John Kennedy

£

480,000

480,000

0%

Christopher McDonald1

USD

700,000

N/A

N/A

Tony Wright

USD

410,000

410,000

0%

1.  Christopher McDonald was appointed CEO effective 1 October 2016.

retrospective disclosure of  targets and performance against them 
will be disclosed in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

For the Executive Chairman, his short-term incentive opportunity is 
calculated by reference to 100% of  base salary earned during the 
period of  his appointment and is payable in performance shares of  
the Company. 67% of  his opportunity is based on increased total 
shareholder return and 33% is based on non-financial strategic 
personal goals.

Clawback provisions will apply to all bonus pay-outs within two 
years of  the date of  pay-out. Clawback may apply in a number of  
circumstances, for example where a mis-statement of  performance 
or events arises after the payment of  a bonus or in circumstances 
where misconduct may lead to significant reputational damage.

Annual bonus for 2017 (STIP)

Long-term incentives 

For 2017 the annual bonus opportunity will be 100% of  base 
salary for the CEO and 85% of  base salary for the CFO, payable 
in cash. 40% of  the bonus will be based on sales, 20% will be 
based on EBITDA, set in relation to the Group’s budget, 15% will 
be based on net cash at 31 December 2017 and the remaining 
25% will be based on non-financial, strategic and/or personal 
targets, including safety performance. This structure is intended to 
provide a rounded assessment of  the Group’s and management’s 
performance against defined targets which are aligned with the 
Group’s strategic objectives. 

The sales targets will be within a range from USD 400 million to 
USD 700 million with associated pay-outs within the range of  20 
to 100% of  target. The Committee considers any disclosure of  
future EBITDA targets to be commercially sensitive; however, full 

Subject to compliance with the Listing Rules, awards will be made 
in 2017 and the maximum LTIP potential will be 120% of  base 
salary for the CEO and 100% for the CFO. 50% of  the award will 
be based on relative TSR (relative to the FTSE World Oil Equipment 
& Services Index), 25% on cumulative EBITDA and 25% on end 
of  period backlog. No long-term incentive awards will apply to the 
Executive Chairman.

Relative TSR, cumulative EBITDA and end of  period backlog  
are considered to be the most appropriate measures of   
long-term performance for the Group in that they ensure  
the Executive Directors are incentivised and rewarded for  
the financial performance of  the Group as well as returning  
value to shareholders. 

LTIP 2017

Performance condition

% vesting

Performance

% vesting

Performance

Threshold

Maximum

End  
measurement point

TSR vs. FTSE World 
Oil Equipment & 
Services Index 

Cumulative EBITDA

End of  period backlog

20

20

20

Median

100

Upper quintile

31 December 2019

USD 65m

USD 600m

100

100

USD 100m

31 December 2019 

USD 1,050m

31 December 2019

The awards will be subject to clawback provisions and a mandatory holding restriction of  two years beyond vesting will apply to the 2017 
awards. 

Performance conditions for outstanding LTIPs

For the sake of  completeness, the Company discloses the performance conditions which are attached to the awards of  LTIPs in 2014, 
2015 and 2016 as follows:

LTIP 2014

Performance condition

% vesting

Performance

% vesting

Performance

Threshold

Maximum

End 
measurement point

TSR vs. FTSE World 
Oil Equipment & 
Services Index 

Cumulative EBITDA

End of  period backlog

0

0

20

Median

100

Upper quintile

31 December 2016

USD 300m

USD 1.0bn

100

100

USD 400m

31 December 2016 

USD 1.4bn

31 December 2016

The outcome of  the performance conditions applicable to the 2014 LTIP awards is shown below:

Performance condition

TSR vs. FTSE World Oil Equipment & Services Index

Cumulative EBITDA

End of  period backlog

Total vesting

Weight

50%

25%

25%

Outcome

Above median

USD 258m

USD 393m

% Vesting

5.21%

0%

0%

2.61%

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT55

LTIP 2015

Performance condition

% vesting

Performance

% vesting

Performance

Threshold

Maximum

End 
measurement point

TSR vs. FTSE World 
Oil Equipment & 
Services Index 

Cumulative EBITDA

End of  period backlog

20

20

20

Median

100

Upper quintile

31 December 2017

USD 320m

USD 1.0bn1

100

100

USD 420m

31 December 2017 

USD 1.4bn

31 December 2017

1.  At least 33% of  backlog must be derived from non-rig business, otherwise vesting will be 50% of  the above percentages. 

LTIP 2016

Performance condition

% vesting

Performance

% vesting

Performance

Threshold

Maximum

End
measurement point

TSR vs. FTSE World 
Oil Equipment & 
Services Index 

Cumulative EBITDA

End of  period backlog

20

20

20

Median

100

Upper quintile

31 December 2018

USD 300m

USD 1.2bn

100

100

USD 360m

31 December 2018 

USD 1.6bn

31 December 2018

End of  Service Gratuity

As required under the UAE Labour Law, the Company contributes 
to the End of  Service Gratuity Fund on behalf  of  the Executive 
Directors, whereby the gratuity shall be 21 days’ base salary for 
each year of  the first five years of  employment and 30 days’ base 
salary for each additional year of  employment thereafter, on the 
condition that the total gratuity does not exceed two years’ base 
salary, payable upon termination of  employment. In view of  the 
short-term nature of  the appointment, End of  Service Gratuity does 
not apply to the Executive Chairman. The End of  Service Gratuity is 
not linked to any specific retirement age and no additional benefits 
will accrue in the event of  early retirement.

Directors’ contracts

Following changes in Directors’ appointments during 2016, the 
following information regarding the service contracts of  Executive 
Directors should be noted.

Service contract for Executive Chairman, John Kennedy

Mr Kennedy was appointed to the position of  Executive  
Chairman on 14 August 2015 and his Service Agreement  
dated 14 August 2015 is terminable by either party on three 
months’ notice. Mr Kennedy’s annual base salary is £480,000 
and he is eligible to participate in a bonus arrangement with 
a maximum opportunity of  100% of  base salary earned in the 
period which will be assessed over the period of  the contract 
and paid wholly in shares. Mr Kennedy’s two awards of  292,570 
performance shares on 21 September 2015 and 133,830 shares  
on 10 October 2016 are expected to vest upon the earlier of   
(i) three months after the end of  the executive appointment,  
and (ii) the Remuneration Committee determining the satisfaction 
of  the relevant performance conditions.

Service contract for incoming CEO, Christopher McDonald

As announced on 3 August 2016, Christopher McDonald became 
Chief  Executive Officer on 1 October 2016 to replace James 
Moffat who stood down as CEO and Director on 30 September 
and retired from the Company on 10 November. Mr McDonald was 
appointed on a Service Agreement dated 2 August 2016 which 

is terminable by either party on twelve months’ notice until the 
second anniversary of  his commencement date at which point the 
agreement moves to a six-month notice period.

Mr McDonald’s annual base salary is USD 700,000 and his 
participation in the Company’s benefit programmes and incentive 
plans reflects the Company’s policy as set out elsewhere in  
this report.

page 57, were structured in such a way as 

In addition, upon his recruitment, the Board agreed to make 
compensatory share awards in respect of  unvested shares arising 
from Mr McDonald’s 2015 and 2016 short-term incentive plans 
with his previous employer. The compensatory awards, which are 
shown in detail on 
to replicate the arrangements that were in place with his previous 
employer. The awards of  Lamprell shares, granted on 10 October 
2016, were made up of  a combination of  423,024 retention shares 
and 304,569 performance shares vesting between 1 October 2017 
and 1 October 2019, as appropriate. The compensatory awards 
were calculated by reference to the respective average share prices 
in the three months prior to Mr McDonald’s appointment. In addition 
Mr McDonald will be eligible for a compensatory cash payment of  
USD 112,500 on 31 March 2017 and a potential incentive award 
linked to his performance in the first three months of  his tenure to 
31 December 2016. The Board considered these replicative awards 
to be essential in securing the appointment of  Mr McDonald. Due 
to the exceptional circumstances, shareholder approval was not 
required by virtue of  9.4.2(2)R of  the UK Listing Rules.

Service Contract for outgoing CEO James Moffat

James Moffat stood down as CEO on 30 September and retired 
from the Company on 10 November 2016 thereafter transitioning 
to a part-time Consulting Agreement, details of  which are given 
page 58. In addition, as reported in the 2014 Directors’ 
on 
Remuneration Report, Mr Moffat was granted a deferred cash 
compensatory award of  £79,293 in relation to the lost opportunity 
created by the enforced delay in making his recruitment award in 
2013. The payment was due on 1 March 2016, however, in view 
of  the fact that the minimum performance conditions were not 
achieved, this award did not vest.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE56

Outside appointments

Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

The Board allows Executive Directors to accept appropriate 
external, commercial non-executive director appointments 
provided the aggregate commitment is compatible with their 
duties and does not cause a conflict of  interest with the role of  
an Executive Director. Such Executive Directors may retain fees 
paid for these services, which will be subject to approval by the 
Board. During the year John Kennedy served as a Non-Executive 
Chairman of  Maxwell Drummond International Limited (in 
liquidation) and of  Bifold Group Limited.

The Non-Executive Chairman’s remuneration is determined by 
the Committee and the Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration is 
determined by the Executive Directors and the Chairman, all of  
which is based on the responsibility and time committed to the 
Group’s affairs and appropriate market comparisons. Individual 
Non-Executive Directors do not take part in discussions regarding 
their own fees. Non-Executive Directors receive no other benefits.  
A summary of  the current fees is as follows (noting that the  
Non-Executive Chairman and Deputy Chairman positions were 
vacant in 2016):

Non-Executive Chairman1

Deputy Chairman1

Senior Independent Director

Base fee

Committee Chair fee

Fee at 1 January 2017 
£000

Fee at 1 January 2016 
£000

180

88

80

65

8

180

88

80

65

8

% increase

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

1.  The Non-Executive Chairman and Deputy Chairman positions were not filled during 2016.

Directors’ remuneration earned in 2016 
The table below summarises Directors’ remuneration received in 2016 with comparisons, where appropriate, to (2015)1. 

Base salary 
and fees 
USD’000

Benefits and 
allowances2 
USD’000

End of service 
gratuity5 
USD’000

Annual bonus3 
USD’000

Long-term 
incentives4 
USD’000

Other
USD’000

Total  
USD’000

Executive Directors

John Kennedy

Christopher McDonald6

James Moffat7

Tony Wright

680 (468)

197 (–)

– (–)

56 (–)

650 (753)

202 (216)

410 (325)

243 (284)

Lamprell plc total

1,938 (1,546)

501 (500)

Non-Executive Directors

John Malcom

Ellis Armstrong

Mel Fitzgerald

Debra Valentine

103 (115)

133 (125)

92 (40)

99 (34)

Lamprell Energy total

428 (314)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

0 (0)

– (–)

9 (–)

39 (44)

21 (19)

68 (63)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

0 (0)

– (–)

– (–)

– (336)

– (121)

0 (457)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

0 (0)

– (–)

– (–)

10 (–)

2 (–)

12 (0)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

0 (0)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

680 (468)

262 (–)

901 (1,349)

676 (749)

0 (0)

2,519 (2,566)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

0 (0)

103 (115)

133 (125)

92 (40)

99 (34)

427 (314)

Total

2,365 (1,860)

501 (500)

68 (63)

0 (457)

12 (0)

0 (0)

2,946 (2,880)

1.  All Directors’ pay is reported above in USD. Christopher McDonald’s pay is determined in USD and paid in AED. James Moffat’s remuneration was determined and paid in USD.  

Tony Wright is remunerated in AED; Ellis Armstrong and Debra Valentine’s remuneration is determined in GBP and paid in USD and the remuneration of  John Kennedy,  
John Malcolm and Mel Fitzgerald is determined and paid in GBP. 

2.  Benefits and allowances included housing, private medical insurance, life insurance, club membership, the use of  a company car and driver, annual leave air tickets and utility 

expenses. The table below summarises the main benefits and allowances.

3.  The annual bonus for 2016 was based on performance against financial and non-financial performance targets. Performance against these targets is set out in the tables below.  

No annual bonus payments were made in respect of  2016.

4.  The 2014 LTIP awards that are due to vest in 2017 are likely to vest at 2.61%. Estimated valuation based on share price at 31 December 2016.
5.  End of  Service Gratuity is the provision accrued during the year. In accordance with the provisions of  IAS 19, the present value of  Directors’ end of  service gratuity obligations 

under UAE Labour Law have been valued using the projected unit credit method, as at 31 December 2016 and 2015. Under this method an assessment has been made of  a 
Director’s expected service with the Group and the expected base salary on the date of  termination. As part of  the valuation we have assumed an average base salary increment  
of  2% (2015: 3%). The expected liability on the date of  termination has been discounted to its net present value using a discount rate of  3.5% p.a. (2015: 3.5% p.a.).

6.  Christopher McDonald joined the Company on 13 September and became CEO and Director effective 1 October 2016.
7.  James Moffat stood down as CEO and Director on 30 September 2016 and retired from the Company on 10 November 2016. He transitioned to a part-time consulting agreement 

effective 11 November 2016, 

page 37.

Summary of  benefits and allowances

Christopher McDonald

James Moffat

Tony Wright

Housing
USD’000

Vehicle
USD’000

Schooling
USD’000

Annual  
leave tickets
USD’000

Other
USD’000

Total
USD’000

35

104

105

6

30

20

–

–

39

–

27

49

15

41

30

56

202

243

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
57

Annual bonus 2016: Performance against targets

CEO and CFO

Metric

Sales1

Net cash2

Net profit3

Personal goals

Total

Weighting as % of 
maximum annual opportunity

Actual  
performance

Pay-out outcome as % of 
maximum annual opportunity

40%

20%

15%

25%

100%

0%

100%

0%

N/A

N/A

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%4

1.  Sales targets were in the range of  USD 800 million (threshold) to USD 1.0 billion (target) and USD 1.4 billion (stretch). Threshold target was not achieved. 
2.  Net cash targets were in the range of  USD 150 million (threshold) to USD 200 million (target) and USD 250 million (stretch). Stretch target was exceeded.
3.  Net profit targets were in the range of  USD 50 million (threshold) to USD 55 million (target) and USD 70 million (stretch). Threshold was not achieved.
4.  No bonus pay-out was made due to the failure to achieve the threshold net profit.

Long-term incentive awards granted during the year

An award of  923,234 performance shares was made to Christopher McDonald and an award of  383,032 performance shares was made 
to Tony Wright on 10 October 2016 in accordance with the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan rules with associated performance 
conditions. These 2016 LTIP performance shares vest in full on 9 October 2019, subject to achieving the performance conditions relating  
to relative TSR, three-year cumulative EBITDA and end of  period backlog. The awards are subject to a holding period of  two years 
following the date of  vesting. The face value of  such LTIP share awards is nil.

In addition, as referenced on 
10 October in respect of  his appointment as CEO effective 1 October 2016. The number of  shares and vesting schedules were designed 
to replicate the incentive arrangements that Mr McDonald forfeited upon leaving his previous employer.

page 46 of  this report, the following compensatory awards were made to Christopher McDonald on  

Share plan

Retention shares

Retention shares

Retention shares

Performance shares

Performance shares

Performance shares

Number of shares

281,761

94,452

46,811

55,219

102,019

147,331

Vesting date

1 October 2017

1 October 2018

1 October 2019

1 October 2017

1 October 2018

1 October 2019

Performance condition  
(if applicable)

N/A

N/A

N/A

TSR vs. FTSE World Oil 
Equipment & Services Index

TSR vs. FTSE World Oil 
Equipment & Services Index

TSR vs. FTSE World Oil 
Equipment & Services Index

Directors’ interests in share plan awards 

The Directors hold interests in long-term incentive awards under the Company’s incentive plans as at 31 December 2016 as set out below. 

Share option awards 

The following table sets out the interests of  the Executive Directors in relation to ESOP awards:

Executive 
Director

At 1 January 
2016

Granted in year

Exercise price  
at grant

Date of vesting

James Moffat

340,855

0

£1.4125

18.11.20171

Vested

N/A

Exercised  
in 2016

At 31 December 
2016

Nil

340,855

1. 

In view of  the fact that the minimum performance condition was achieved, these options are likely to vest.

LTIP awards

The following table sets out the interests of  the Executive Directors in relation to LTIP award(s):

Executive Director

Christopher McDonald1

James Moffat2

0

923,234

09.10.2019

1,059,951

0

At 1 January 
2016

Awarded in 
2016

Date of vesting

Vested in 2016

Lapsed in 2016

Nil

321,691 

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

At 31 December 
2016

923,234

738,260

577,805

Tony Wright

194,773

383,032

18.11.2017 
09.04.2018

30.06.2017 
09.04.2018 
09.10.2019

1.  This sets out the annual award of  long-term incentives and excludes the compensatory share awards to Christopher McDonald to replicate the incentive arrangements that  

Mr McDonald forfeited upon leaving his previous employer, as set out above.

2.  James Moffat stepped down as CEO and as a Director with effect from 30 September 2016. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE58

In the ordinary course, awards will normally vest on the third anniversary of  the date of  grant of  the award, subject to any applicable 
performance conditions having been satisfied. Further details are set out above. 

Awards to Executive Chairman 

The following table sets out the interests of  John Kennedy, the Executive Chairman, in relation to award(s) under the Company’s  
incentive plans:

Incentive plan award

Retention Share Plan 

Performance Share Plan

At 1 January 
2016

Awarded in 
2016

Date(s) of 
vesting

Vested in 2016

Lapsed in 2016

At 31 December 
2016

122,499

292,570

0

18.11.2017

133,830

20171

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

122,499

426,400

1.  The awards under the performance share plan are expected to vest upon the earlier of  (i) three months after end of  the executive chairman appointment, and (ii) the Remuneration 

Committee determining satisfaction of  the relevant performance conditions.

Directors’ interests in ordinary shares 

The Committee has adopted a formal policy requiring the executive directors to build and maintain, through the award of  shares by the 
Company, a shareholding in the Company. From 2017 onwards this shareholding requirement will be increased to the equivalent of  200% 
of  base salary for the CEO and 150% of  base salary for the CFO over a five year period. Until such time as this threshold is achieved 
there is a requirement for executives to retain the net proceeds of  all vested share awards. Mr McDonald and Mr Wright have not currently 
achieved these guidelines.  

In accordance with the Listing Rules, the Company discloses the beneficial interests of  the Directors in the share capital of  the Company as 
at 31 December 2016 as set out below. There were no changes to the interests of  the Directors in the ordinary shares of  the Company in the 
period from 1 January 2017 to 20 March 2017, being the last practicable date that the Company is able to report on Directors’ interests.  

Total beneficial 
ownership at 
31 Dec 2016 

Ordinary shares 
owned (directly or 
beneficially)

Outstanding 
share awards 
including options 
(subject to vesting 
conditions)

Total beneficial 
ownership at 
31 Dec 2015

Shareholding as a 
% of base salary

Shareholding 
requirement met?

2,150,838

1,650,827

617,805

1,059,951

1,601,939

0

40,000

321,691

548,899

1,650,827

577,805

1,079,115

2,017,008

0

234,773

1,059,951

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

N/A

Nil

10.5%

N/A

–

–

–

–

N/A

No

No

N/A

–

–

–

–

Executive Directors

John Kennedy1

Christopher McDonald2

Antony Wright

James Moffat3

Non-Executive Directors

Ellis Armstrong

John Malcolm

Debra Valentine

Mel Fitzgerald

1.  Between 1 January 2015 and 17 March 2015, John Kennedy or his connected persons acquired 1,601,939 interests in the share capital of  the Company, pursuant to a trading plan 

which was entered into on 15 January 2015 in accordance with the requirements of  the Listing Rules.  

2.  Christopher McDonald joined the Board on 1 October 2016. His beneficial interests comprise the LTIPs awarded in 2016 as well as the compensatory share awards (to replicate the 

incentive arrangements that Mr McDonald forfeited upon leaving his previous employer) in 2016, all of  which are subject to vesting and performance conditions.

3.  James Moffat stepped down as CEO and as a Director with effect from 30 September 2016. 
4.  Full details of  the Directors’ shareholdings and share allocations are given in the Company’s Register of  Directors’ Interests, which is open to inspection at the Company’s registered 

office during business hours. 

Full details of  the Directors’ shareholdings and share allocations are given in the Company’s Register of  Directors’ Interests, which is open 
to inspection at the Company’s registered office during business hours. 

Payments to former directors

James Moffat was contracted under a part-time consulting agreement effective 11 November 2016 to provide transitional services to the 
Board following his retirement on 10 November 2016. For these services, he was paid at the rate of  USD 35,000 per month and he was 
paid a total of  USD 58,333 during the period to 31 December 2016. From 1 January 2017, this will reduce to USD 17,500 per month, 
depending upon work requirements, until the termination of  the contract on 31 March 2017.

Payments for loss of  office

There were no payments for loss of  office during the year.

Percentage change in remuneration levels 

The table on the page opposite shows the movement in base salary, benefits and annual bonus for the CEO between the 2016 and 2015 
financial years, compared to that for the average employee of  the Group. For this purpose the table compares against the remuneration 
levels of  the outgoing CEO, James Moffat.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORTChief Executive Officer

Base salary

Benefits

Bonus

1.  No bonus was paid in respect of  2016.

Relative importance of  the spend on pay 

% change

All employees

0%

0%

Base salary

Benefits

-100%1

Bonus

The table below shows the spend on staff costs in the financial year, compared to dividends:

Staff costs

Dividends

Performance graph and CEO pay 

2016 
USD’000

115,796

–

2015 
USD’000

120,611 

–

59

% change

0%

0%

-100%1

% change

-4%

0.00%

The graph below shows the growth in value of  a notional £100 invested in the Company compared to the FTSE World Oil Equipment and 
Services Index, which is used as the basis for one of  the Company’s LTIP metrics. The graph covers the time period from 31 December 
2013 to 31 December 2016. 
Share price performance: Jan 2013 – Dec 2016

250

200

150

100

50

0
Jan 13

Lamprell
FTSE World Oil Equipment and Services Index

Share Price performance
(Rebased to 100)

Jun 13

Nov 13

May 14

Oct 14

Mar 15

Aug 15

Feb 16

Jul 16

Dec 16

The total remuneration figures for the CEO during the last eight financial years are shown in the table below. Consistent with the calculation 
methodology for the single figure for total remuneration, the total remuneration figure includes the total annual bonus award based on that 
year’s performance and the long-term incentive award based on the three-year performance period ending in the relevant year. The annual 
bonus pay-out and long-term incentive award vesting level as a percentage of  the maximum opportunity are also shown for each year. 

Year ending 31 December (USD’000)

2016

2016

2015

2014

2013

2013

2012

2012

2011

2010

2009

2009

CEO

McDonald1 Moffat2

Moffat

Moffat

Moffat Whitbread3 McCue Whitbread McCue4 McCue Whitbread McCue5

Total remuneration

262

891

1,349

1,716

1,652

1,504

2,739

352

2,094

1,824

1,211

Annual bonus %

LTIP vesting %

0

0

0

0

45

0

91

0

99

0

0

0

0

100

0

0

72.3

100

100

0

0

0

514

0

0

1.  Christopher McDonald was appointed as CEO on 1 October 2016.
2.  James Moffat was appointed CEO on 1 March 2013 and stepped down on 30 September 2016.
3.  Peter Whitbread was appointed as interim CEO on 4 October 2012 and his employment ceased on 30 June 2013. 
4.  Nigel McCue’s employment ceased on 3 October 2012. 
5.  Nigel McCue was appointed to the position of  the CEO on 27 March 2009 with effect from 1 May 2009.

Approval of  the Directors’ Remuneration Report

The Directors’ Remuneration Report, including both the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the Annual Report on Remuneration, was 
approved by the Board on 23 March 2017.

John Malcolm
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

By order of  the Board
23 March 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
60

STATUTORY INFORMATION AND DIRECTORS’ STATEMENTS 

STATUTORY  
INFORMATION  
AND DIRECTORS’  
STATEMENTS 

The Company has updated its policies and 
procedures in light of  the Market Abuse 
Regulation to ensure full compliance with  
its disclosure obligations. 

Lamprell plc Free Share Award Plan

Lamprell plc Retention Share Plan

Lamprell plc Executive Share Option Plan

Lamprell plc Long-Term Incentive Plan

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Memorandum and Articles of  Association 

The Company’s Memorandum of  Association sets out the 
objectives and powers of  the Company. The Articles of  Association 
detail the rights attaching to each share class, the method by 
which the Company’s shares can be purchased or re-issued and 
the provisions which apply to the holding of  and voting at general 
meetings. The Articles also set out the rules relating to Directors 
(including by way of  example, their appointment, election, 
retirement, duties and powers).  

Capital structure and corporate authorities

Details of  the authorised and issued share capital together with 
details of  movements in share capital during the year are included 
in the financial statements. The Company has one class of  shares 
in issue, ordinary shares of  5 pence each, all of  which are fully 
paid. Each ordinary share in issue carries equal rights including 
one vote per share on a poll at general meetings of  the Company, 
subject to the terms of  the Articles and applicable laws. There are 
no restrictions on the transfer of  shares.

Details of  the Company’s employee share schemes are disclosed 
page 53 – and in Note 8  
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
to the financial statements.

The awards under the Lamprell plc Free Share Award Plan, 
Retention Share Plan and Long-Term Incentive Plan are granted  
at nil price.

Pursuant to the Company’s share schemes, the Employee Benefit 
Trust as at the year end, held a total of  16,268 (2015: 16,268) 
ordinary shares of  5p, representing less than 0.01% (2015: 0.01%) 
of  the issued share capital. The voting rights attaching to these 
shares cannot be exercised directly by the employees, but can be 
exercised by the trustees. However, in line with good practice, the 
trustees do not exercise these voting rights. In the event of  another 
company taking control of  the Company, the employee share 
schemes operated by the Company have set change of  control 

Granted

2016

Nil

2015

Nil

Outstanding
2016

2015 & prior

Nil

Nil

921,234

340,855

898,024

495,000

868,024

Nil

Nil

Nil

3,940,072

2,246,878

3,326,888

2,967,656

61

provisions. In short, awards may, in certain circumstances and 
approved proportions, be allowed to vest early or to be exchanged 
for awards of  equivalent value in the acquiring company.
The Company was given authority at the 2016 AGM to make market 
purchases of  up to 33,000,000 ordinary shares of  5p, which 
represented approximately 10% of  the Company’s then issued 
ordinary share capital. This authority will expire at the 2017 AGM, 
where approval from shareholders will be sought to renew the 
authority for approximately 10% of  the Company’s current issued 
ordinary share capital.

Approval from shareholders will be sought to authorise the 
Directors to allot the unissued shares up to a maximum nominal 
amount of  £4,900,000, representing approximately 30% of  the 
Company’s current issued ordinary share capital (excluding 
treasury shares) to existing shareholders and to issue equity 
securities of  the Company for cash to persons other than existing 
shareholders, other than in connection with existing exemptions 
contained in the Articles or with a rights, scrip dividend, or other 
similar issue, up to an aggregate nominal value of  £825,000 
representing approximately 5% of  the current issued ordinary 
share capital of  the Company. Authorities were given by the 
shareholders at the 2016 AGM to issue a similar percentage of  the 
Company’s then issued ordinary share capital. The authorities now 
sought at the 2017 AGM, if  granted, will expire on the earlier of  
the conclusion of  the AGM of  the Company next year and the date 
which is 15 months after the granting of  the authorities.

Contracts of  significance

Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of  the Company and the Group and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of  
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity  
of  the Company’s website. 

Legislation in the Isle of  Man governing the preparation and 
dissemination of  financial statements may differ from legislation  
in other jurisdictions.

page 33, 

In accordance with the principles of  the Code 
the Group has arrangements in place to ensure that the 
information presented in this Annual Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable. The Audit & Risk Committee oversees the 
implementation of  this principle. The Directors consider, on the 
advice of  the Audit & Risk Committee, that the Annual Report, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess  
the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

Each of  the Directors, whose names and functions are listed   
pages 30 to 31 confirm that, to the best of  their knowledge:

•  the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and 
fair view of  the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or 
loss of  the Group; and

Except for the debt facility agreements which were concluded in 
page 39, the 
2014 and the Controlling Shareholder Agreement 
Company or Group does not have contractual or other arrangements 
which are significant to its business with any person.

•  the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of  the development 

and performance of  the business and the position of  the 
Group, together with a description of  the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces.

Directors’ responsibility statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have elected to prepare the financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union. The financial 
statements are required by law to give a true and fair view of  the 
state of  affairs of  the Group and the Company and of  the profit 
or loss of  the Group for that period. In preparing these financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

•  state that the financial statements comply with IFRS as adopted 

by the European Union, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Company will continue in business. 

The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above 
requirements in preparing the financial statements.

As far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of  which the Company’s auditors are unaware. In 
addition, each Director has taken all the steps that he ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to make him/herself  aware of  
any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditors are aware of  that information.

Going concern

The Company’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position are set 
pages 8 to 13. The financial position 
out in the Strategic Report 
of  the Company, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing 
page 18. The 
facilities are described in the Financial Review 
Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
on a going concern basis. After reviewing its cash flow forecasts 
for a period of  not less than 12 months from the date of  signing 
these financial statements, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The 
Directors have concluded therefore that it is appropriate for the 
Group to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
its financial statements.

The financial information has been prepared under the historical 
cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting policies 
Notes to Financial Statements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of  the Company and the Group and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Isle of  

Alex Ridout
Company Secretary

By order of  the Board
23 March 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE62 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

INDEPENDENT 
AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF LAMPRELL PLC

Opinion on financial statements of  Lamprell plc

The financial statements that we have audited comprise:

In our opinion:

•  the Consolidated Income Statement;

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of  the  

•  the Consolidated Statement of  Comprehensive Income;

state of  the group’s and of  the parent company’s affairs  
as at 31 December 2016 and of  the group’s loss for the year 
then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union and as applied in accordance with Section 15 of  the 
Companies Act 1982; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with Section 15 of  the Companies Act 1982 and, as regards the 
group financial statements, Article 4 of  the IAS Regulation.

•  the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets;

•  the Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements;

•  the Consolidated and Company Statements of  Changes  

in Equity;

•  the Statement of  Accounting Policies; and

•  the related notes 1 to 36.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their 
preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union and, as regards the parent company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of  the 
Companies Acts 1931 to 2004.

Summary of  our audit approach

Key risks

The key risks that we identified in the current year were:

•  Recoverability of  goodwill

•  Estimation of  project costs and revenue recognition

Materiality

Scoping

The materiality that we used in the current year was USD 3.4 million, which is below 7.5% of  adjusted 
profit before taxation.

We performed a full scope audit of  the consolidated Lamprell Group, covering 100% of  the Group’s  
net assets and 100% of  revenue.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

63

Going concern and the directors’ assessment of  the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of  the group 

As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the directors’ statement regarding the 
appropriateness of  the going concern basis of  accounting contained within note 2.1 to 
the financial statements and the directors’ statement on the longer-term viability of  the 
group contained within the strategic report on page 17.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to  
in relation to:

•  the directors' confirmation on page 14 that they have carried out a robust assessment 
of  the principal risks facing the group, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;

•  the disclosures on pages 15-17 that describe those risks and explain how they are 

being managed or mitigated;

•  the directors’ statement in note 2.1 to the financial statements about whether they 

considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of  accounting in preparing 
them and their identification of  any material uncertainties to the group’s ability to 
continue to do so over a period of  at least twelve months from the date of  approval  
of  the financial statements; and

•  the directors’ explanation on page 17 as to how they have assessed the prospects of  

the group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that 
the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of  their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention 
to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Independence

We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standards  
for Auditors and confirm that we are independent of  the group and we have fulfilled  
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with those standards.

We confirm that we have nothing  
material to add or draw attention  
to in respect of these matters.

We agreed with the directors’ adoption  
of the going concern basis of accounting 
and we did not identify any such material 
uncertainties. However, because not 
all future events or conditions can 
be predicted, this statement is not 
a guarantee as to the group’s ability 
to continue as a going concern.

We confirm that we are independent  
of the group and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with those standards. We 
also confirm we have not provided any 
of the prohibited non-audit services 
referred to in those standards.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS64 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Our assessment of  risks of  material misstatement

The assessed risks of  material misstatement described below are those that had the greatest effect on our audit strategy, the allocation of  
resources in the audit and directing the efforts of  the engagement team.

Recoverability of goodwill 

Risk description

As at 31 December 2016, the group has written off the entire goodwill balance of  USD 180.5 million, 
which had arisen on the acquisition of  Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd. Inc. in 2011.

The group’s accounting policy for goodwill and goodwill impairment is included in note 2.7(a) in the 
“summary of  significant accounting policies”.

The assessment of  the carrying value of  goodwill requires management to exercise judgement  
as described in the “critical accounting estimates and judgements” section of  the Annual Report  
on page 88 and in the “significant judgements” section in the Audit and Risk Committee report on  
page 43. Management’s assessment requires consideration of  a number of  factors, including but not 
limited to, the expected business activity in the next three years, the timing and quantum of  contract 
awards, the discount rate and long-term growth rates.

In light of  the shortfall in the recoverable amount arising in each CGU, management identified a further 
impairment indicator on the recoverability of  other non-current assets.

How the scope of   
our audit responded  
to the risk

Our audit work assessed the reasonableness of  management’s key assumptions in calculating 
the recoverable amount of  each group of  cash generating units to which goodwill was assigned. 
Specifically our work included, but was not limited to, the following procedures: 

•  an assessment of  the design and implementation of  relevant controls over the goodwill impairment; 

•  benchmarking and analysis of  growth assumptions against market data and analyst forecast;

•  benchmarking of  assumed project margins against rates achieved historically;

•  agreement of  assumed new contract awards to tender requests received, where applicable; 

•  evaluating management’s historical forecasting accuracy;

•  verification of  estimated future costs by agreement to approved budgets and where applicable,  

third party data; and

•  benchmarking of  discount rates applied, with involvement from Deloitte valuation specialists and 

recalculation of  the recoverable amount of  goodwill using our independent assessment of  the key 
assumptions.

We are satisfied that the recoverability of  goodwill has been assessed in accordance with the 
requirements of  IAS 36: Impairment of  Assets. We also consider management’s disclosure of  the 
impact of  sensitivities applied to the discount rate, the net profit rate as a percentage of  revenue  
and the terminal growth rate in the key sources of  estimation uncertainty note on page 88 are in 
accordance with IAS 36.

We are satisfied that the recoverability of  non-current assets has also been assessed in accordance 
with the requirements of  IAS 36: Impairment of  Assets.

Key observations

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

65

Estimation of project costs and revenue recognition 

Risk description

The group’s operations are characterised by contract risk with significant judgements involved in the 
assessment of  both current and future contract financial performance.

The group’s accounting policy for revenue recognition is included in note 2.2(a) in the “summary of  
significant accounting policies”.

Revenue is recognised based on the stage of  completion of  individual contracts, calculated on the 
proportion of  total costs at the reporting date compared to the estimated total costs of  the contract.

The status of  contracts is updated on a regular basis. In doing so, management is required to exercise 
significant judgement in their assessment of  the valuation of  contract variations, claims and liquidated 
damages (revenue items); the completeness and accuracy of  forecast costs to complete; and the ability 
to deliver contracts within forecast timescales.

The potential final contract outcomes can cover a wide range. Dependent on the level of  judgement 
in each, the range on each contract can be individually material. In addition, changes in these 
judgements, and the related estimates, as contracts progress can result in material changes to revenue 
and margin, which can be both positive and negative.

The assessment of  revenue recognition requires management to exercise judgement as described in 
the “critical accounting estimates and judgements” section of  the Annual Report on page 88 and in the 
“significant judgements” section in the Audit and Risk Committee report on page 43. Management’s 
assessment requires an estimation of  the total cost to complete each project, and the group’s right to 
revenue as a result of  variation orders and claims. Management has included the impact of  sensitivities 
applied to the costs to complete in the key sources of  estimation uncertainty note on page 88.

How the scope of   
our audit responded  
to the risk

Our work on the recognition of  contract revenue, margin and related receivables and liabilities included:

•  an assessment of  the design and implementation of  relevant controls over the recognition of  contract 

revenue and margin;

•  integrating construction experts into the audit team to support our audit challenge on the relevant 
processes and controls in place for tendering, monitoring and forecasting contract revenue and 
contract costs;

•  meeting with operational project management to understand contract performance;

•  selecting a sample of  contracts based on qualitative and quantitative factors in order to challenge 
both current and future financial performance on the most significant and more complex contract 
positions. For sampled contracts, we challenged management’s key judgements inherent in the 
forecast costs to complete that drive the accounting under the percentage of  completion method, 
including the following procedures:

–  reviewing the contract terms and conditions by reference to contract documentation;

–  testing the valuation of  claims and variations both within contract revenue and contract costs via 

inspection of  customers’ instructions and contracts with customers and the supply chain;

–  reviewing legal and experts’ reports received on contentious matters;

–  testing the financial forecasts by agreeing to subcontractor agreements and through interviews with 
commercial and operational management to assess the impat of  any commercial and operational 
risk on the cost estimates;

–  assessing the ability to deliver contracts within budgeted timescales and any exposures to 

liquidated damages for late delivery of  contract works; and

–  reviewing post-balance sheet contract performance to challenge year end judgements.

•  assessing the recoverability of  related receivables, including testing of  post year end cash receipts, 

and completeness and validity of  any contract loss provisions through completion of  the above 
procedures.

Key observations

We are satisfied that the estimation of  project costs and the recognition of  revenue are in accordance 
with IAS 11: Construction contracts.

These matters were addressed in the context of  our audit of  the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS66 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Our application of  materiality

We define materiality as the magnitude of  misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of  a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of  our audit work and 
in evaluating the results of  our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group materiality

USD 3.4m

Basis for determining materiality

Materiality is based on 7.5% of  adjusted forecast profit before taxation.

Rationale for the benchmark applied

We have determined materiality based on adjusted profit before tax of  the group as we 
considered this to be the most appropriate measure to assess the performance of  the 
group. We have adjusted profit before tax to exclude the goodwill impairment charge, 
the impact of  the settlement of  the Ensco contracts and certain one-off items in order to 
normalise the profit before tax. Materiality equates to less than 1% of  net assets.

Adjusted PBT USD 45m

Group materiality USD 3.4m

Audit Committee reporting threshold USD 0.2m

Adjusted PBT

Group materiality

We agreed with the Audit & Risk Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of  USD 168,000, as well 
as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on 
disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of  the financial statements.

An overview of  the scope of  our audit

Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of  the Group and its environment and assessing the risks of  material 
misstatement at the group level. 

Based on that assessment, we consider that the group has a single component based in the United Arab Emirates (‘UAE’). We performed 
a full scope audit of  the Group’s operations based in the UAE which comprises 100% of  the Group's net assets and 100% of  revenue. 

The group team are responsible for the work performed on the component. The Group auditor also tested the consolidation process. We 
have obtained an understanding of  the Group's system of  internal controls and undertaken a combination of  procedures, all of  which are 
designed to target the Group's identified risks of  material misstatement in the most effective manner possible.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

67

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 

Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

We have nothing to report in 
respect of these matters.

•  proper books of  account have not been kept by the company and that proper returns adequate 

for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company’s financial statements are not in agreement with the books of  account and 

returns; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations which to the best of  our knowledge 

and belief, are necessary for the purpose of  our audit.

Directors’ loans and remuneration
Under the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 we are also required to report if  in our opinion certain 
disclosures of  directors’ loans and remuneration have not been complied with.

Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of  the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the company’s compliance with certain provisions of  the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if,  
in our opinion, information in the Annual Report is:

•  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or

•  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of  the 

group acquired in the course of  performing our audit; or

•  otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies between 
our knowledge acquired during the audit and the directors’ statement that they consider the 
Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the Annual Report appropriately 
discloses those matters that we communicated to the Audit Committee which we consider should 
have been disclosed.

We have nothing to report  
arising from these matters.

We have nothing to report  
arising from our review.

We confirm that we have 
not identified any such 
inconsistencies or  
misleading statements.

Respective responsibilities of  directors and auditor

As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of  the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). We also comply with International 
Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and tools aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are 
effective, understood and applied. Our quality controls and systems include our dedicated professional standards review team and 
independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Section 15 of  the Companies Act 1982. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Scope of  the audit of  the financial statements

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance 
that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: 
whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s and the parent company’s circumstances and have been consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of  significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall 
presentation of  the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify 
material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based 
on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of  performing the audit. If  we become aware of  any 
apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants

London, United Kingdom
23 March 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS68 CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

CONSOLIDATED
INCOME STATEMENT

Year ended 31 December 2016
Pre-
exceptional
 items
USD’000

Exceptional 
items
USD’000

Total
USD’000

Year ended 31 December 2015

Pre-
exceptional
items
USD’000

Exceptional 
items
USD’000

Notes

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of  sales
Gross profit
Selling and distribution expenses
General and administrative expenses
Impairment loss
Other gains/(losses) – net
Operating (loss)/profit
Finance costs
Finance income
Finance costs – net
Share of  profit of  investments accounted  
  for using the equity method
(Loss)/profit before income tax
Income tax expense
(Loss)/profit for the year from  
  continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Loss for the year from discontinued operations
(Loss)/gain on disposal of  subsidiary
(Loss)/profit for the year attributable  
  to the equity holders of the Company
(Loss)/earnings per share for (losses)/profit 
  from continuing operations attributable 
  to the equity holders of the Company 
  during the period 
Basic
Diluted
(Loss)/earnings per share attributable  
  to the equity holders of the Company 
  during the period 
Basic
Diluted

5
6

7
9,33
17,33
12

11
11

19

13

13

704,994
(647,791)
57,203
(798)
(48,402)
–
1,944
9,947
(12,822) 
2,895
(9,927)

1,944
1,964
(254)

–
–
–
–
(3,361)
(180,539)
–
(183,900)
–
–
–

–
(183,900)
–

704,994
(647,791)
57,203
(798)
(51,763)
(180,539)
1,944
(173,953)
(12,822)
2,895
(9,927)

1,944
(181,936)
(254)

871,058
(747,538)
123,520

(1,771) 
(44,318) 

–
260
77,691
(14,647) 
2,679
(11,968) 

1,318
67,041

(541) 

1,710

(183,900)

(182,190)

66,500

– 
(2,125) 

–
–

–

(2,125) 

(1,866) 

66

(415)

(183,900)

(184,315)

64,700

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
– 
–

–

–
–

–

(53.32)c
(53.32)c

(53.94)c
(53.94)c

The notes on pages 76 to 111 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Total
USD’000

871,058
(747,538) 
123,520

(1,771) 
(44,318) 

–
260
77,691
(14,647) 
2,679
(11,968) 

1,318
67,041

(541) 

66,500

(1,866) 

66

64,700

19.46c
19.36c

18.93c
18.84c

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

69

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Loss)/profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income:
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Remeasurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Currency translation differences
Net loss on cash flow hedges
Other comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year attributable  
  to the equity holders of  the Company arises from: 
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

The notes on pages 76 to 111 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Notes

26

25
25

Year ended 31 December

2016
USD’000
(184,315)

2015
USD’000
64,700

1,523

(1,988)

(290)
(1,259)
(26)
(184,341)

(489)
–
(2,477)
62,223

(182,216)
(2,125)

64,023
(1,800)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS70 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

CONSOLIDATED 
BALANCE SHEET

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investment accounted for using the equity method
Trade and other receivables
Term and margin deposits
Derivative financial instruments
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and bank balances
Total current assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Provision for warranty costs and other liabilities
Current tax liability
Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY 
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company

As at 31 December

2016
USD’000

2015
USD’000

Notes

16
17
19
21
22
27

20
21
27
22

30
28
27
29

30
27
26

24
24
25

172,328
24,951
7,229
10,905
6,777
115
222,305

24,415
264,417
58
327,893
616,783
839,088

(20,321)
(180,021)
(465)
(7,958)
(223)
(208,988) 
407,795

(39,163)
(794)
(34,745)
(74,702) 
(283,690) 
555,398

30,346
315,995
(20,693)
229,750
555,398

175,286
205,884
5,285
12,712
8,950
–
408,117

29,066
415,614
–
280,668
725,348
1,133,465

(20,136) 
(264,943)
(4)
(8,334) 
(451) 
(293,868) 
431,480

(59,163) 
(14)
(42,863) 
(102,040) 
(395,908) 
737,557

30,346
315,995
(19,144) 
410,360
737,557

The financial statements on pages 68 to 111 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of  Directors on 23 March 2017 and 
signed on its behalf  by:

Christopher McDonald 
Chief  Executive Officer and Director 

Antony Wright
Chief  Financial Officer and Director

The notes on pages 76 to 111 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

71

COMPANY 
BALANCE SHEET

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiaries
Current assets
Other receivables
Due from related parties
Cash at bank
Total current assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Accruals
Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits
Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY 
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company

As at 31 December

2016
USD’000

2015
USD’000

Notes

18

554,448

692,569

23

26

24
24
25

357
13,694
264
14,315
568,763

(564)
(564)
13,751

(173)
(737)
568,026

30,346
315,995
189,059
32,626
568,026

634
12,510
218
13,362
705,931

(17)
(17)
13,345

(121)
(138)
705,793

30,346
315,995
329,153
30,299
705,793

The financial statements on pages 68 to 111 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of  Directors on 23 March 2017 and 
signed on its behalf  by:

Christopher McDonald 
Chief  Executive Officer and Director 

Antony Wright
Chief  Financial Officer and Director

The notes on pages 76 to 111 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS72 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

At 1 January 2015 
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Currency translation differences
Total comprehensive income for the year
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments:
– value of  services provided
Total transactions with owners
At 31 December 2015
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Currency translation differences
Net loss on cash flow hedges
Total comprehensive loss for the year
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments:
– value of  services provided
– treasury shares purchased
Total transactions with owners
At 31 December 2016

Notes

Share 
capital
USD’000
30,346
–

Share 
premium
USD’000
315,995
–

Other 
reserves
USD’000
(18,655)
–

Retained
earnings
USD’000
344,474
64,700

Total
USD’000
672,160
64,700

26
25

8

26
25
25

8

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
(489)
(489)

(1,988)
–
62,712

(1,988)
(489)
62,223

–
–
30,346
–

–
–
315,995
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
(19,144)
–

–
(290)
(1,259)
(1,549)

3,174
3,174
410,360
(184,315)

1,523
–
–
(182,792)

3,174
3,174
737,557
(184,315)

1,523
(290)
(1,259)
(184,341)

–
–
–
30,346

–
–
–
315,995

–
–
–
(20,693)

2,725
(543)
2,182
229,750 

2,725
(543)
2,182
555,398

The notes on pages 76 to 111 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

73

COMPANY STATEMENT 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

At 1 January 2015
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Total transactions with owners
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments:
– value of  services provided
– investment in subsidiaries

At 31 December 2015
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Total comprehensive loss for the year
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments:
– value of  services provided
– investment in subsidiaries
– treasury shares acquired
Impairment during the year
Total transactions with owners
At 31 December 2016

Notes

Share 
capital
USD’000
30,346
–

Share 
premium
USD’000
315,995
–

Other 
reserve
USD’000
329,153
–

Retained
earnings
USD’000
26,675
443

Total
USD’000
702,169
443

26

8
18

26

8
18

25

–
–

–
–

–
–

7
450

7
450

–
–
–
30,346
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
30,346

–
–
–
315,995
–

–
–
–
329,153
–

1,125
2,049
3,174
30,299
(140,020)

1,125
2,049
3,174
705,793
(140,020)

–
–

–
–

16
(140,004)

16
(140,004)

–
–
–
–
–
315,995

–
–
–
(140,094)
(140,094)
189,059

752
1,973
(488)
140,094
142,331
32,626

752
1,973
(488)
–
2,237
568,026

The notes on pages 76 to 111 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS74 CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

CONSOLIDATED
CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Operating activities
Cash generated from/(used in) operating activities
Tax paid
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities
Investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of  property, plant and equipment
Additions to intangible assets
Finance income
Dividend received from joint ventures
Proceeds from disposal of  a subsidiary – net
Movement in deposit with original maturity of  more than three months
Movement in margin/short-term deposits under lien
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Treasury shares purchased
Repayments of  borrowings
Finance costs
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of  the year from continuing operations
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of  the year from discontinued operations
Exchange rate translation
Cash and cash equivalents, end of  the year from continuing operations 

The notes on pages 76 to 111 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Year ended 31 December

2016
USD’000

2015
USD’000

Notes

36

16

17
11
19

22
22

22

100,124 
(222)
99,902 

(22,871)
1,349
(2,753)
2,895
–
–
(24,506)
804
(45,082)

(543)
(20,000)
(12,637)
(33,180)
21,640
224,164
–
(290)
245,514

(522)
(257)
(779) 

(55,681)
543
(3,782)
2,679
1,151
2,091
(6,706) 
1,519
(58,186) 

–
(20,000)
(14,386)
(34,386) 
(93,351) 
312,352
5,652
(489)
224,164 

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT

75

COMPANY 
CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Operating activities
(Loss)/profit for the year 
Adjustments for:
Impairment of  investment in subsidiaries
Share-based payment – value of  services provided
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits 
Operating cash flows before payment of  employees’ end of  service benefits  
  and changes in working capital
Changes in working capital:
Other receivables
Accruals
Due from related parties
Net cash generated/(used in) operating activities
Financing activities
Treasury shares issued
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of  the year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of  the year 

The notes on pages 76 to 111 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Year ended 31 December

2016
USD’000

2015
USD’000

Notes

31

(140,020)

443

8
26

23

22

140,094
752
68

894

277
547
(1,184)
534

(488)
(488)
46
218
264

–
1,125
53

1,621

(127)
(2,470)
908
(68)

– 
– 
(68)
286
218

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS76

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2016    

1 

Legal status and activities

Lamprell plc (“the Company”/“the parent company”) was incorporated and registered on 4 July 2006 in the Isle of  Man as a public 
company limited by shares under the Isle of  Man Companies Acts with the registered number 117101C. The Company acquired 100% 
of  the legal and beneficial ownership in Lamprell Energy Limited (“LEL”) from Lamprell Holdings Limited (“LHL”) under a share for share 
exchange agreement dated 25 September 2006 and this transaction was accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using 
the uniting of  interest method (Note 25). The Company was admitted to the Alternative Investment Market (“AIM”) of  the London Stock 
Exchange with effect from 16 October 2006. From 6 November 2008, the Company moved from AIM and was admitted to trading on the 
London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) plc’s main market for listed securities. The address of  the registered office of  the Company is Fort Anne, 
Douglas, Isle of  Man, IM1 5PD and the Company is managed from the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”). The address of  the principal place 
of  the business is PO Box 33455, Dubai, UAE.

The principal activities of  the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”) are: assembly and new build construction 
for the offshore oil and gas and renewable sectors; fabricating packaged, pre-assembled and modularised units; constructing 
accommodation and complex process modules for onshore downstream projects; construction of  complex living quarters, wellhead 
decks, topsides, jackets and other offshore fixed facilities; rig refurbishment; land rig services; engineering and construction and 
operations and maintenance.

The Company has either directly or indirectly the following subsidiaries:

Name of  the subsidiary
Lamprell Energy Limited (“LEL”)
Lamprell Investment Holdings Ltd. (“LIH”)
Lamprell Dubai LLC (“LD”)
Lamprell Sharjah WLL (“LS”)
Maritime Offshore Limited (“MOL”)
Maritime Offshore Construction Limited (“MOCL”)
Cleopatra Barges Limited (“CBL”)
Lamprell plc Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)
Jebel Ali Investments Limited (“JIL”) 
Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd Inc (“MIS”)
Maurlis International Ltd. Inc (“MIL”)
Rig Metals LLC (“RIM”)
Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd. & Partners (“MISCLP”)
Global Investment Co. Ltd. Inc (“GIC”)
Sunbelt Safety Services Co. Ltd. Inc. (“SSS”)
MIS Qatar LLC (“MISQWLL”)
Lamprell Kazakhstan LLP (“LAK”)
Lamprell Energy (UK) Limited (“LUK”)
Lamprell International (Netherlands) B.V. (“LIN”)
Sunbelt Safety Services LLC (“SSSL”) 

Percentage 
of  legal 
ownership 
%
100
100
491
491
100
100
100
100
100
 100
 100
 491
 701
 100
 100
 491
100
100
100
701

Percentage 
of  beneficial 
ownership 
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

2

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Place of  incorporation
Isle of  Man
British Virgin Islands
UAE
UAE
Isle of  Man
Isle of  Man
British Virgin Islands
Unincorporated
British Virgin Islands
Republic of  Panama
Republic of  Panama
UAE
Sultanate of  Oman
Republic of  Panama
Republic of  Panama
Qatar
Kazakhstan
England and Wales
Netherlands
Sultanate of  Oman

1.  The remaining balance of  51% in each case is registered in the name of  a Gulf  Cooperation Council (“GCC”) national/entities owned by a GCC national, who has assigned all the 
economic benefits attached to their shareholdings to the Group entity. The Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the 
ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity via management agreements and, accordingly, these entities are consolidated as wholly-owned subsidiaries in these 
consolidated financial statements. These shareholders receive sponsorship fees from the Group (Note 23).

2.  The beneficiaries of  the EBT are the employees of  the Group. 

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS77

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies 

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of  these consolidated and parent company financial statements are set out 
below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

2.1  Basis of preparation 
The consolidated financial statements of  the Group and the financial statements of  the parent company have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“IFRS”) and the Isle of  Man Companies 
Acts 1931 to 2004. In accordance with the provisions of  the Isle of  Man Companies Act 1982, the Company has not presented its own 
statement of  comprehensive income. 

After reviewing its cash flow forecasts for a period of  not less than 12 months from the date of  signing of  these financial statements, 
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Therefore, the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting polices below.

The preparation of  financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of  certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of  applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree 
of  judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated and parent company financial 
statements, are disclosed in Note 4.

(a)  New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
IFRS 5 (amendments), ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ regarding assets (or disposal groups) disposed 
of  either through sale or distribution to owners. The amendment clarifies that changing from one of  these disposal methods to the other 
would not be considered a new plan of  disposal, rather it is a continuation of  the original plan. There is, therefore, no interruption of  the 
application of  the requirements in IFRS 5. The Group has adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group.

IFRS 7 (amendments), ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ regarding servicing contracts. The amendment clarifies that a servicing 
contract that includes a fee can constitute continuing involvement in a financial asset. An entity must assess the nature of  the fee  
and the arrangement against the guidance for continuing involvement in IFRS 7 in order to assess whether the disclosures are required. 
The Group has adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group.

IFRS 11 (amendments), ‘Joint arrangements’ regarding acquisition of  an interest in a joint operation, provides new guidance on how  
to account for the acquisition of  an interest in a joint venture operation that constitutes a business. The amendments require an investor  
to apply the principles of  business combination accounting when it acquires an interest in a joint operation that constitutes a ‘business’. 
The Group has adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group.

IAS 1 (amendments), ‘Presentation of  Financial Statements’ Disclosure Initiative clarifies, rather than significantly changes, existing  
IAS 1 requirements. The amendments clarify: the materiality requirements in IAS 1; that specific line items in the statement(s) of  profit  
or loss and OCI and the statement of  financial position may be disaggregated; that entities have flexibility as to the order in which  
they present the notes to financial statements; and that the share of  OCI of  associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity 
method must be presented in aggregate as a single line item, and classified between those items that will or will not be subsequently 
reclassified to profit or loss. Furthermore, the amendments clarify the requirements that apply when additional subtotals are presented  
in the statement of  financial position and the statement(s) of  profit or loss and OCI. The Group has adopted this amendment and it has  
no impact on the Group.

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 regarding the sale or contribution of  assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture, 
addresses an inconsistency between IFRS 10 and IAS 28 in the sale or contribution of  assets between an investor and its associate or joint 
venture. A full gain or loss is recognised when a transaction involves a business. A partial gain or loss is recognised when a transaction 
involves assets that do not constitute a business, even if  those assets are in a subsidiary. The Group has adopted this amendment and  
it has no impact on the Group.

Amendments to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’ regarding depreciation and amortisation, clarifies 
that the use of  revenue-based methods to calculate the depreciation of  an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an 
activity that includes the use of  an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of  the economic benefits embodied in the 
asset. The Group has adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group.

IAS 27 (amendments), ‘Separate financial statements’ regarding the equity method, allows entities to use the equity method to account for 
investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in their separate financial statements. The Group has adopted this amendment 
and it has no impact on the Group.

IAS 19 (amendments), ‘Employee Benefits’ regarding the additional disclosures relating to the offsetting of  financial assets and financial 
liabilities clarifies that these only need to be included in interim reports if  required by IAS 34. The Group has adopted this amendment and 
it has no impact on the Group.

IAS 34 (amendments), ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ clarifies that the required interim disclosures must either be in the interim financial 
statements or incorporated by cross-reference between the interim financial statements and wherever they are included within the interim 
financial report. The Group has adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS78

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies continued

2.1  Basis of preparation continued
(b) 

 New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective for the financial year beginning 1 January 2016  
and not early adopted

IFRS 2 (amendments), ‘Share-based Payment’ Classification and Measurement of  Transactions, addresses three main areas: the effects  
of  vesting conditions on the measurement of  a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; the classification of  a share-based payment 
transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions 
of  a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from cash-settled to equity-settled. On adoption, entities are required 
to apply the amendments without restating prior periods, but retrospective application is permitted if  elected for all three amendments 
and other criteria are met. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early application 
permitted. The Group does not anticipate that application of  the amendments in future will have a material impact as it does not have  
any cash-settled share-based arrangements.

IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of  financial assets and financial liabilities.  
The complete version of  IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014. It replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and 
measurement of  financial instruments. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary 
measurement categories for financial assets: amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and fair value  
through P&L. The basis of  classification depends on the entity’s business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of  the 
financial asset. Investments in equity instruments are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss with the irrevocable  
option at inception to present changes in fair value in OCI not recycling. There is now a new expected credit losses model that replaces 
the incurred loss impairment model used in IAS 39. For financial liabilities, there were no changes to classification and measurement 
except for the recognition of  changes in own credit risk in other comprehensive income, for liabilities designated at fair value through 
profit or loss. IFRS 9 relaxes the requirements for hedge effectiveness by replacing the bright line hedge effectiveness tests. It requires 
an economic relationship between the hedged item and hedging instrument and for the ‘hedged ratio’ to be the same as the one 
management actually use for risk management purposes. Contemporaneous documentation is still required but is different to that currently 
prepared under IAS 39. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. Early adoption is permitted. 

The Group has performed a high-level impact assessment of  all three aspects of  IFRS 9. This preliminary assessment is based on 
currently available information and may be subject to changes arising from further detailed analyses or additional reasonable and 
supportable information being made available to the Group in the future. Overall, the Group expects no significant impact on its balance 
sheet and equity except for the effect of  applying the impairment requirements of  IFRS 9 which could result in earlier recognition of  credit 
losses. The Group expects to apply the simplified approach to recognise lifetime expected credit losses for its trade receivables (Note 21) 
and amounts due from customers (Note 21) as required or permitted by IFRS 15. We will perform a detailed assessment in the future to 
determine the extent, if  any.

IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’, deals with revenue recognition and establishes principles for reporting useful 
information to users of  financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of  revenue and cash flows arising from  
an entity’s contracts with customers. Revenue is recognised when a customer obtains control of  a good or service and thus has the ability 
to direct the use and obtain the benefits from the goods or service. The standard replaces IAS 18 ‘Revenue’ and IAS 11 ‘Construction 
Contracts’ and related interpretations. The Group intends to adopt these amendments no later than the accounting period beginning on or 
after 1 January 2018. During 2016, the Group performed a preliminary assessment of  IFRS 15 on its major construction contracts which 
will be completed after the effective date. At this stage of  the process we have identified some specific areas such as revenue recognition 
on lump-sum contracts and the recognition of  variable consideration as areas where our existing accounting policies will require 
further review. We are not yet in a position to quantify the impact of  any changes, however our current assessment is as detailed below. 
Furthermore, the Group is considering the clarifications issued by the IASB in April 2016 and will monitor any further developments.

Contract revenue
The Group provides lump-sum fabrication and engineering services to the oil and gas and renewable energy industry. Currently, the Group 
accounts for the lump-sum construction contracts as a single performance obligation and recognises the contract revenue by reference to 
the stage of  completion on the overall contract (see current revenue recognition policies in Note 2.2).

Under IFRS 15, revenue recognition must take into account each separate performance obligation and relative stand-alone selling prices. 
As a result, the allocation of  the consideration and, consequently, the timing of  the amount of  revenue recognised in relation to these 
construction contracts may be impacted. The Group will continue its analysis during 2017 and provide an update on its progress in the 
2017 interim financial statements. 

In preparing to adopt IFRS 15 for its construction contracts, the Group is considering the following: 

Variable consideration 
Currently, the Group recognises revenue from the construction contracts measured based on the fair value of  the consideration received 
or receivable, net of  any allowances. If  revenue cannot be reliably measured, the Group defers revenue recognition until the uncertainty is 
resolved. Such provisions give rise to variable consideration under IFRS 15, and will be required to be estimated at contract inception.

IFRS 15 requires the estimated variable consideration to be constrained to prevent over-recognition of  revenue. The Group continues to 
assess individual contracts to determine the estimated variable consideration and related constraint. 

Warranty obligations 
The Group generally offers a one year warranty for defects for work carried out and does not provide extended warranties or maintenance 
services in its contracts with customers. Management estimates the related provision for future warranty claims based on historical 
warranty claim information, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past cost information may differ from future claims. These costs 
are included in estimated contract costs. As such, the Group expects that such warranties will be assurance-type warranties which will 
continue to be accounted for under IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets consistent with its current practice.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS79

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies continued

2.1   Basis of preparation continued
(b) 

 New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective for the financial year beginning 1 January 2016  
and not early adopted continued

IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’ and the related interpretations when it becomes effective. It sets out the principles for the 
recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of  leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single on-balance 
sheet model similar to the accounting for finance leases under IAS 17. The standard includes two recognition exemptions for lessees 
– leases of  ‘low-value’ assets (e.g., personal computers) and short-term leases (i.e., leases with a lease term of  12 months or less). 
At the commencement date of  a lease, a lessee will recognise a liability to make lease payments (i.e., the lease liability) and an asset 
representing the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term (i.e., the right-of-use asset). Lessees will be required to separately 
recognise the interest expense on the lease liability and the depreciation expense on the right-of-use asset. Lessees will be also required 
to remeasure the lease liability upon the occurrence of  certain events (e.g., a change in the lease term, a change in future lease payments 
resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine those payments). The lessee will generally recognise the amount of  the 
remeasurement of  the lease liability as an adjustment to the right-of-use asset. 

Lessor accounting under IFRS 16 is unchanged from today’s accounting under IAS 17. Lessors will continue to classify all leases using 
the same classification principle as in IAS 17 and distinguish between two types of  leases: operating and finance leases. IFRS 16 also 
requires lessees and lessors to make more extensive disclosures than under IAS 17. 

IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Early application is permitted, but not before an entity  
applies IFRS 15. A lessee can choose to apply the standard using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach.  
As at 31 December 2016, the Group has operating lease commitments of  USD 106.8 million (Note 34). A preliminary assessment  
indicates that these arrangements will meet the definition of  a lease under IFRS 16, and hence the Group will recognise a right-of-use 
asset and a corresponding liability in respect of  all of  these leases unless they qualify for low value or short-term leases. 

IAS 7 (amendments), ‘Statement of  Cash Flows’ Disclosure Initiative requires an entity to provide disclosures that enable users of  financial 
statements to evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, including both changes arising from cash flows and non-cash 
changes. On initial application of  the amendment, entities are not required to provide comparative information for preceding periods. 
These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017, with early application permitted. Application  
of  the amendments will result in additional disclosures provided by the Group.

IAS 12 (amendments), ‘Income Taxes’ – Recognition of  Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses clarifies that an entity needs to consider 
whether tax law restricts the sources of  taxable profits against which it may make deductions on the reversal of  that deductible temporary 
difference. Furthermore, the amendments provide guidance on how an entity should determine future taxable profits and explain the 
circumstances in which taxable profit may include the recovery of  some assets for more than their carrying amount. Entities are required  
to apply the amendments retrospectively. However, on initial application of  the amendments, the change in the opening equity of  the 
earliest comparative period may be recognised in the opening retained earnings (or in another component of  equity, as appropriate), 
without allocating the change between opening retained earnings and other components of  equity. Entities applying this relief  must 
disclose that fact. These amendments apply retrospectively and are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017  
with early application permitted. These amendments are not expected to have any impact on the Group.

2.2  Revenue recognition
(a)  Contract revenue
Contract revenue is recognised under the percentage-of-completion method by measuring the proportion of  costs incurred for work 
performed to total estimated costs. When the contract is at an early stage and its outcome cannot be reliably estimated, revenue is 
recognised to the extent of  costs incurred up to the year end which are considered recoverable.

With respect to fixed price construction contracts with an expected contract duration of  18 months or greater, profit on such contracts will 
only be recognised when the contract has progressed to 20% based on the total estimated cost of  the contract and the ultimate outcome 
can be reliably estimated.

Revenue related to variation orders is recognised when it is probable that the customer will approve the variation and the amount of  
revenue arising from the variation can be reliably measured.

A claim is recognised as contract revenue when settled or when negotiations have reached an advanced stage such that it is probable that 
the customer will accept the claim and the amount can be measured reliably.

Losses on contracts are assessed on an individual contract basis and provision is made for the full amount of  the anticipated losses, 
including any losses relating to future work on a contract, in the period in which the loss is first foreseen.

The aggregate of  the costs incurred and the profit/loss recognised on each contract is compared against progress billings at the year end. 
Where the sum of  the costs incurred and recognised profit or recognised loss exceeds the progress billings, the balance is shown under 
trade and other receivables as amounts recoverable on contracts. Where the progress billings exceed the sum of  costs incurred and 
recognised profit or recognised loss, the balance is shown under trade and other payables as amounts due to customers on contracts.

In determining contract costs incurred up to the year end, any amounts incurred, including advances paid to suppliers and advance 
billings received from subcontractors relating to future activity on a contract, are excluded and are presented as contract work-in-progress.

(b)  Products and services 
Revenue from sale of  products and services is recognised in the accounting period in which the risks and rewards are transferred or the 
service is rendered. 

Interest income

(c) 
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest rate method.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS80

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies continued

2.3  Consolidation
(a)  Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the  
Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns  
through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group.  
They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. 

The Group uses the acquisition method of  accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the 
acquisition of  a subsidiary is the fair values of  the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owner of  the acquiree and 
the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of  any asset or liability resulting from 
a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business 
combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of  the recognised 
amount of  acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

The excess of  the consideration transferred over the amount of  any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair 
value of  any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of  the Group’s share of  the identifiable net assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill. If  this is less than the fair value of  the net assets of  the subsidiary acquired in the case of  a bargain purchase,  
the difference is recognised directly in the consolidated statement of  comprehensive income.

Business combinations involving entities under common control do not fall within the scope of  IFRS 3. Consequently, the Directors have  
a responsibility to determine a suitable accounting policy. The Directors have decided to follow the uniting of  interests method to account 
for business combinations involving entities under common control.

Under the uniting of  interests method, there is no requirement to fair value the assets and liabilities of  the acquired entities and hence  
no goodwill is recorded as balances remain at book value. Consolidated financial statements include the profit or loss and cash flows  
for the entire year (pre- and post-merger) as if  the subsidiary had always been part of  the Group. The aim is to show the combination  
as if  it had always been combined.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses 
are also eliminated but considered an impairment indicator of  the asset transferred. Accounting policies of  subsidiaries have been 
changed or adjustments have been made to the financial statements of  subsidiaries, where necessary, to ensure consistency with the 
policies adopted by the Group.

(b)  Disposal of  subsidiaries
When the Group ceases to have control, any retained interest in the entity is re-measured to its fair value at the date when control is lost, 
with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purpose of  subsequently 
accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income in respect of  that entity are accounted for as if  the Group had directly disposed of  related asset or liabilities. This 
may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

(c)  Joint arrangements
The Group has applied IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11, investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint 
operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of  each investor. The Company has assessed the nature 
of  its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Under the 
equity method of  accounting, interest in joint ventures are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s 
share of  the post-acquisition profits or losses in the consolidated income statement. When the Group’s share of  losses in a joint venture 
equals or exceeds its interest in the joint ventures (which includes any long-term interest that, in substance, forms part of  the Group’s net 
investment in the joint ventures), the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on 
behalf  of  the joint ventures.

(d)  Associates 
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding  
of  between 20% and 50% of  the voting rights. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of  accounting.  
Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognised at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise 
the investor’s share of  the profit or loss of  the investee after the date of  acquisition. The Group’s investment in associates includes  
goodwill identified on acquisition.

The Group’s share of  post-acquisition profit or loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement, and its share of  post-acquisition 
movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in the consolidated statement of  comprehensive income with a corresponding 
adjustment to the carrying amount of  the investment. 

When the Group’s share of  losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured 
receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments  
on behalf  of  the associate.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired.  
If  this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of  impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of  the associate and 
its carrying value and recognises the amount adjacent to ‘share of  profit/(loss) of  an associate’ in the consolidated income statement.

Investment in subsidiaries

2.4 
In the Company’s separate financial statements, the investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost less provision for impairment. Cost is the 
amount of  cash paid or the fair value of  the consideration given to acquire the investment. Income from such investments is recognised  
as dividend in the statement of  comprehensive income.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS81

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies continued

2.5  Foreign currency translation 
(a)  Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of  each of  the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of  the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The Group’s activities are primarily carried out from the UAE, whose 
currency, the UAE Dirham, is pegged to the United States Dollar (“USD”) and is the functional currency of  all the entities in the Group 
(except MISCLP whose functional currency is Omani Riyal, MISQWLL whose functional currency is Qatari Riyal, LAK whose functional 
currency is Kazakh Tenge, LIN whose functional currency is Euro and for EBT and LUK whose functional currency is the Great British 
Pound). The consolidated and parent company financial statements are presented in US Dollars. 

(b)  Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of  the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of  such transactions and from the translation at year-end 
exchange rates of  monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the consolidated income statement, 
except when deferred into other comprehensive income as qualifying cash flow hedges.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to cash and cash equivalents are presented in the consolidated income statement within 
‘finance income or costs’. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated income statement within ‘other 
gains/(losses) – net’.

(c)  Group companies
The results and financial position of  all the Group entities (none of  which has the currency of  a hyperinflationary economy) that have  
a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 »

 »

 »

assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of  that balance sheet;

income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates for the year; and

all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of  the net investment in foreign operations are taken to other 
comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is partially disposed of  or sold, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of  comprehensive income as part of  the gain or loss on sale.

2.6  Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of  property, plant and equipment is the purchase 
cost, together with any incidental expenses of  acquisition. Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over the expected useful 
economic lives of  the assets as follows:

Buildings and infrastructure
Operating equipment
Fixtures and office equipment
Motor vehicles

Years
3 – 25
3 – 15
3 – 5
5

The assets’ residual values, if  significant, and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if  appropriate, at each balance sheet date. 
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable 
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of  the item can be measured reliably. All repairs 
and maintenance are charged to the consolidated income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Capital work-in-progress is stated at cost. When commissioned, capital work-in-progress is transferred to property, plant and equipment 
and depreciated in accordance with Group policies.

Where the carrying amount of  an asset is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, it is written down immediately to its recoverable 
amount (Note 2.22). 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within  
‘other gains/(losses) – net’ in the consolidated income statement.

Intangible assets

2.7 
(a)  Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of  subsidiaries and represents the excess of  the consideration transferred over Lamprell plc’s interest 
in the net fair value of  the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of  the acquiree and the value of  the non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree. 

For the purpose of  impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of  the cash generating units 
(“CGUs”) or groups of  CGUs that is expected to benefit from the synergies of  the combination. Each unit or group of  units to which the 
goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. 
Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level. 

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if  events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment. The carrying value of  goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of  value in use and the fair value 
less costs to sell. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS82

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies continued

Intangible assets continued

2.7 
(b)  Trade name
A trade name acquired as part of  a business combination is capitalised, separately from goodwill, at fair value at the date of  acquisition  
if  the asset is separable or arises from contractual or legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably. Amortisation is calculated  
on a straight line method to allocate the fair value at acquisition over its estimated useful life. The useful life of  a trade name is reviewed  
on an annual basis. 

(c)  Customer relationships
Customer relationships acquired as part of  a business combination are capitalised, separately from goodwill, at fair value at the date 
of  acquisition if  the asset is separable or arises from contractual or legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably. Amortisation 
is calculated on a straight line method to allocate the fair value at acquisition over their estimated useful life. The useful life of  customer 
relationships is reviewed on an annual basis.

(d)  Operating lease rights
Intangible assets representing operating leasehold rights are carried at cost (being the fair value on the date of  acquisition where 
intangibles are acquired in a business combination) less accumulated amortisation and impairment, if  any. Amortisation is calculated 
using the straight line method to allocate the cost of  the leasehold right over its estimated useful life. 

(e)  Computer software
Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part of  the software product include the software development employee costs.  
Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously 
recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period. Computer software development costs recognised  
as assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives. 

(f)  Work-in-progress
Work-in-progress is stated at cost. When commissioned, work-in-progress is transferred to intangible assets in accordance with  
Group policies.

Inventories

2.8 
Inventories comprise raw materials, finished goods, work-in-progress and consumables which are stated at the lower of  cost and 
estimated net realisable value. Cost is determined on the weighted average basis and comprises direct purchase, direct labour and other 
costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

2.9  Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts receivable from customers for billing in the ordinary course of  business. If  collection is expected in one 
year or less, they are classified as current assets. If  not, they are presented as non-current assets.

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, 
less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of  trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the 
Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of  receivables. Significant financial difficulties of  the 
debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered 
indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The amount of  the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of  estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of  the asset is reduced through the use of  an allowance account and the amount of  the loss is recognised in  
the consolidated income statement within ‘general and administrative expenses’. When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written  
off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of  amounts previously written off are credited against 
‘general and administrative expenses’ in the consolidated income statement.

2.10 Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of  business from suppliers. 
Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if  payment is due within one year or less. If  not, they are presented as non-current 
liabilities.

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

2.11 Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of  past events; it is probable that  
an outflow of  resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and a reliable estimate of  the amount  
of  the obligation can be made. 

2.12 Employee benefits
(a)  Provision for staff benefits 
A provision is made for the estimated liability for performance related bonus and employees’ entitlements to annual leave and air fare  
as a result of  services rendered by the employees up to the balance sheet date. This provision is disclosed as a current liability and 
included in trade and other payables.

Labour laws in the countries in which the Group operates require the Group to provide for other long-term employment benefits.  
Provision is made, using actuarial techniques, for the end of  service benefits due to employees, for their periods of  service up to the 
balance sheet date. The provision relating to end of  service benefits is disclosed as a non-current liability. Actuarial gains and losses 
arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in other comprehensive 
income in the period in which they arise. The current service cost and interest cost is recognised in the income statement in ‘Employees’ 
end of  service benefits’.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS83

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies continued

2.12 Employee benefits continued
(b)  Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of  equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. The fair value of  the employee services received  
in exchange for the grant of  the shares/options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period  
is determined by reference to the fair value of  the shares/options granted, excluding the impact of  any non-market vesting conditions  
(for example, profitability and sales growth targets). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of  
shares/options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of  the number of  shares/options  
that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of  the revision to original estimates, if  any, in the consolidated income statement,  
with a corresponding adjustment to retained earnings.

The Company has granted rights to its equity instruments to the employees of  subsidiary companies conditional upon the completion of  
continuing service with the Group for a specified period. The total amount of  the grant over the vesting period is determined by reference 
to the fair value of  the equity instruments granted and is recognised in each period as an increase in the investment in the subsidiary with 
a corresponding credit to retained earnings. 

In the separate financial statements of  the subsidiary, the fair value of  the employee services received in exchange for the grant of  the 
equity instruments of  the Company is recognised as an expense with a corresponding credit to equity.

2.13 Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of  the risks and rewards of  ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 
Payments made under operating leases (net of  any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the consolidated income statement 
on a straight line basis over the period of  the lease.

2.14 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, current accounts with banks less margin deposits, other short-term highly liquid 
investments with original maturity of  three months or less and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current 
liabilities on the balance sheet.

2.15 Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of  transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; 
any difference between the proceeds (net of  transaction costs) and the repayment value is recognised in the consolidated statement of  
income over the period of  the borrowings using the effective interest method. The Group capitalises general and specific borrowing costs 
directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of  a qualifying asset as part of  the cost of  that asset. All other borrowing 
costs are recognised in consolidated income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

Fees paid on the establishment of  loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of  the loan. The fee is capitalised and amortised over 
the period of  the facility to which it relates. 

2.16 Dividend distribution
Dividend distributions are recognised as a liability in the Group’s consolidated and parent company financial statements in the period  
in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders.

2.17 Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief  operating decision-maker.  
The chief  operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of  the operating segments, 
has been identified as the Board of  Directors that makes strategic decisions. 

2.18 Current and deferred income tax
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively. 

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of  the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date  
in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates 
positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which the applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes 
provisions where appropriate on the basis of  amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of  assets  
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised  
if  they arise from the initial recognition of  goodwill; deferred income tax is not accounted for if  it arises from initial recognition of  an asset 
or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of  the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable  
profit or loss. 

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date 
and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled. 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which  
the temporary differences can be utilised. 

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except for deferred income tax liability 
where the timing of  the reversal of  the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference  
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either 
the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS84

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies continued

2.19 Financial assets 
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss and loans and receivables. Currently, 
the Group does not have any available-for-sale and held-to-maturity financial assets. The classification depends on the purpose for which 
the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of  its financial assets at initial recognition.

(a)  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets held for trading. A financial asset is classified in this category 
if  acquired principally for the purpose of  selling in the short term. Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are 
designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets.

Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in 
the consolidated income statement. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have 
expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of  ownership.

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of  the ‘financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ category are presented  
in the consolidated income statement within ‘other gains/(losses) – net’ in the period in which they arise.

(b)  Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date. These are classified as  
non-current assets. 

The Group’s loans and receivables comprise trade receivables (Note 2.9), other receivables (excluding prepayments), receivables from  
a related party and cash and cash equivalents (Note 2.14) in the consolidated balance sheet and amounts due from related parties  
(Note 23), other receivables and cash at bank (Note 22) in the Company balance sheet.

Loans and receivables are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised cost less provision 
for impairment. The amortised cost is computed using the effective interest method. 

Loans and receivables are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the counterparty have expired or have been 
transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of  the ownership.

Impairment of  financial assets

(c) 
The Group assesses at the end of  each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of  financial 
assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of  financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if  there is objective 
evidence of  impairment as a result of  one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of  the asset (a “loss event”) and that 
loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of  the financial asset or group of  financial assets that can be 
reliably estimated.

2.20 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their 
fair value. The method of  recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument 
and, if  so, the nature of  the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of  a particular risk associated with  
a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).

The Group documents at the inception of  the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its 
risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at 
hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of  whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting 
changes in fair values or cash flows of  hedged items.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain 
or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the 
consolidated income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported 
in equity is immediately transferred to the consolidated income statement within ‘other gains/(losses) – net’.

The fair values of  various derivative instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 27. The full fair value of  a hedging 
derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining hedged item is more than 12 months and as a current asset  
or liability when the remaining maturity of  the hedged item is less than 12 months. 

The effective portion of  changes in the fair value of  derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement 
within ‘other gains/(losses) – net’.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the item affects profit or loss (for example, when  
the forecast sale that is hedged takes place). The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in the consolidated  
income statement within ‘other gains/(losses) – net’. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition  
of  a non-financial asset (for example, contracts work-in-progress or fixed assets), the gains and losses previously deferred in equity  
are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of  the cost of  the asset. The deferred amounts are ultimately 
recognised in cost of  goods sold in the case of  contracts work in progress or in depreciation in the case of  fixed assets.

2.21 Discontinued operations
Discontinued operations is a component of  the Group’s business that has been disposed of, or meets the criteria to be classified as held 
for sale. Discontinued operations are presented on the consolidated income statement as a separate line and are shown net of  tax.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS85

2   Summary of  significant accounting policies continued

2.22 Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life – for example, goodwill, are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. 
Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds 
its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of  an asset’s fair value less cost to sell and its value in use. For the purposes 
of  assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating 
units). Non-financial assets are reviewed for possible reversal of  the impairment at each reporting date. Any impairment loss is recognised 
in the consolidated income statement and separately disclosed.

2.23 Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of  new shares or options are shown in equity  
as a deduction, net of  tax, from the proceeds. The excess of  proceeds received net of  any directly attributable transaction costs over the 
par value of  the shares are credited to the share premium.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs (net of  income taxes), is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares 
are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of  any directly attributable 
incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

2.24 Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the financial statements where it is necessary to do so to provide further understanding 
of  the financial performance of  the Group. They are material items of  income or expense that have been shown separately due to the 
significance of  their nature or amount.

3 

Financial risk management 

3.1  Financial risk factors 
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of  financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange and cash flow interest rate risk), 
credit risk and liquidity risk. These risks are evaluated by management on an ongoing basis to assess and manage critical exposures.  
The Group’s liquidity and market risks are managed as part of  the Group’s treasury activities. Treasury operations are conducted within  
a framework of  established policies and procedures. 

(a)  Market risk – foreign exchange risk
The Group has foreign exchange risk primarily with respect to balances in Euro, Great British Pound, Norwegian Kroner and Saudi Riyal 
with certain suppliers. During the year ended 31 December 2016, if  foreign exchange rates on foreign balances had been 10% higher/
lower, the exchange difference would have been higher/lower by USD 130,088 (2015: USD 139,602).

(b)  Market risk – cash flow interest rate risk
The Group holds its surplus funds in short-term bank deposits. During the year ended 31 December 2016, if  interest rates on deposits had 
been 0.5% higher/lower, the interest income would have been higher/lower by USD 994,869 (2015: USD 1,395,304).

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate 
risk which is covered by taking fixed interest rate swaps against the variable rates. Under these swaps, the Group agrees with other parties 
to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed contract rates and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference 
to the agreed notional principal amounts. During the year ended 31 December 2016, if  interest rates on borrowings had been 0.5% higher/
lower, the interest expense would have been higher/lower by USD 363,069 (2015: USD 462,028).

(c)  Credit risk
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is detailed in Notes 15, 21, 22 and 27. The Group has a policy for dealing with customers with an 
appropriate credit history. The Group has policies that limit the amount of  credit exposure to any financial institution. 

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks, financial assets carried 
at fair value through profit or loss, trade and other receivables and derivative financial instruments. The Group has a formal procedure of  
monitoring and follow up of  customers for outstanding receivables. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties 
with the equivalent of  investment grade and above are accepted unless if  the bank is situated in a frontier market where minimal balances 
are held. The Group assesses internally the credit quality of  each customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and 
other factors.

At 31 December 2016, the Group had a significant concentration of  credit risk with nine of  its largest customer balances accounting 
for 86% (2015: 92%) of  trade receivables outstanding at that date. Management believes that this concentration of  credit risk is 
mitigated as the Group conducts credit checks internally and through expert third party providers for new counterparties or in support 
of  major contracts, payment terms under contract are carefully managed and protection against non-payment is built into contractual 
documentation to ensure the Group has a right to remedy in the event of  delayed/non-payment. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS86

3 

Financial risk management continued

3.1  Financial risk factors continued
(c)  Credit risk continued
The following table shows the rating and balance of  the 13 major counterparties at the balance sheet date:

Counterparty
Bank A
Bank B
Bank C
Bank D

1.  Based on Fitch’s long-term ratings.

Customer 1 
Customer 2 
Customer 3 
Customer 4
Customer 5
Customer 6
Customer 7
Customer 8
Customer 9

2016

External 
rating1

A+

A+

A

AA-

USD’000

175,429 

74,025 

33,369 

32,479

315,302 

2015

External 
rating1

A+

A+

AA-

AA-

2016

2015

Internal 
rating2
Group A
Group A
Group C
Group C
Group C
Group A
Group C
Group B
Group C

Internal
rating2
Group B
Group C
Group B
Group B
Group A
Group B
Group B
Group A
Group B

USD’000
37,149 
18,048 
11,219 
4,470 
1,525 
1,293
1,209
1,065
1,045
77,023

USD’000

171,549

51,922

34,268

11,614

269,353

USD’000
38,798
23,665
12,548
5,332
2,159
1,156
1,096
773
649
86,176

2.  Refer to Note 15 for the description of  internal ratings.

The above represents 86% (2015: 92%) of  trade receivables of  USD 89.4 million (2015: USD 94.1 million) (Note 21).

The counterparties in 2016 are not necessarily the same counterparties in 2015. 

The customers in 2016 are not necessarily the same customers in 2015.

Management does not expect any losses from non-performance by these counterparties.

(d)  Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of  funding through an adequate amount  
of  committed credit facilities. The Group is currently financed from shareholders’ equity and borrowings. 

The Group’s liquidity risk on derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 27.

The following table analyses the Group’s other financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the 
balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

31 December 2016
Trade and other payables (excluding due to customers 
  on contracts) (Note 28)
Derivative financial instruments (Note 27)
Borrowings (Note 30)

31 December 2015
Trade and other payables (excluding due to customers  
  on contracts and dividend payable) (Note 28)
Derivative financial instruments (Note 27)
Borrowings (Note 30)

Carrying 
amount
USD’000

 Contractual 
cash flows
USD’000

Less than 
1 year
USD’000

Between 
2 to 5 years
 USD’000

142,912
1,259
59,484
203,655

171,342
18
79,299
250,659

142,912
1,259
60,321
204,492

171,342
18
80,456
251,816

142,912
465
20,321
163,698

171,342
4
20,456
191,802

–
794
40,000
40,794

–
14
60,000
60,014

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS87

3 

Financial risk management continued

3.2  Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide 
returns for shareholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of  capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of  dividends paid to shareholders, or issue new 
shares to reduce debt.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of  the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is 
calculated as total borrowings (including current and non-current borrowings as shown in the balance sheet) less cash and bank 
balances. Total capital is calculated as “equity” as shown in the balance sheet plus net debt. 

At the balance sheet date, the Group has no net debt and was therefore un-geared.

3.3  Fair value estimation
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

(a)   Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1);
(b)   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices)  

or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2); and

(c)   Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

The following table presents the Group’s assets that are measured at fair value at:

31 December 2016
Derivative financial instruments (Note 27)

Level 1
USD’000

Level 2
USD’000

Level 3
USD’000

Total
USD’000

 – 

173

 – 

173 

There are no assets at 31 December 2015 measured at fair value.

The following table presents the Group’s liabilities that are measured at fair value at:

31 December 2016
Derivative financial instruments (Note 27)

31 December 2015
Derivative financial instruments (Note 27)

Level 1
USD’000

Level 2
USD’000

Level 3
USD’000

Total
USD’000

–

–

1,259

18

–

–

1,259

18

The fair value of  financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation 
techniques maximise the use of  observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. If  all 
significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2. If  one or more of  the significant 
inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3. 

Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:

(a)  Quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments; and
(b)  Other techniques, such as discounted cash flow analysis, are used to determine fair value for the remaining financial instruments.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS88

4   Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations  
of  future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning  
the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions 
that have a significant risk of  causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of  assets and liabilities within the next financial year 
are as follows:

Settlement agreement with Ensco
As stated in Note 5, the Group signed a contract settlement agreement for the Ensco 140 rig, which confirmed a reduction in contract 
revenue by USD 25.0 million. 

The settlement agreement also increased estimated contract costs by USD 17.6 million. The additional estimated contract costs have been 
based on the historical experience for similar modifications and activities based on current working practice.

Revenue recognition 
The Group uses the percentage-of-completion method in accounting for its contract revenue. Use of  the percentage-of-completion method 
requires the Group to estimate the stage of  completion of  the contract to date as a proportion of  the total contract work to be performed 
in accordance with the accounting policy set out in Note 2.2. As a result, the Group is required to estimate the total cost to completion of  
all outstanding projects at each period end. The application of  a 10% sensitivity to management estimates of  the total costs to completion 
of  all outstanding projects at the year end would result in the revenue and profit increasing by USD 3.8 million (2015: USD 30.5 million) if  
the total costs to complete are decreased by 10% and the revenue and profit decreasing by USD 6.9 million (2015: USD 28.5 million) if  the 
total costs to complete are increased by 10%.

Impairment of goodwill
The Group carries out an impairment review whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of  goodwill may 
not be recoverable. In addition, the Group carries out an annual impairment review as required by IAS 36.

Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of  the value in use of  the cash generating units to which goodwill has 
been allocated. The value-in-use calculation requires the Directors to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash 
generating unit and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. 

The market downturn has resulted in a decrease in bidding activities and a reduction in new project awards which the Group had included 
in the expected pipeline at half  year. The estimate of  future cash flows and terminal value growth rate for each of  the CGUs have been 
significantly affected by the current assumptions relating to market outlook, contract awards and contract margins. The Group had 
anticipated new project awards based on a visible bid pipeline as well as market knowledge. However, the awards have not crystalised 
and the market has continued to slow down, reducing the Group’s confidence for new build awards in the short term. The outlook for the 
Group is discussed in the Chief  Executive Officer’s review.

As a result of  the above, the carrying amount of  goodwill at 31 December 2016 was Nil (31 December 2015: USD 180.5 million) after  
an impairment loss of  USD 180.5 million was recognised during 2016 (2015: Nil). The goodwill arose from the acquisition of  MIS and 
details of  the impairment loss calculation are set out in Note 17.

If  the discount rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, there would be a reduction in the headroom  
of  USD 9.2 million (2015: USD 48.0 million) if  the discount rate was to increase or an increase in the headroom by USD 10.2 million  
(2015: USD 54.2 million) if  the discount rate was to decrease. 

If  the net profit as a percentage of  revenue used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, there would be an 
increase of  USD 34.6 million (2015: USD 66.4 million) in the headroom if  the net profit was to increase or there would be an reduction  
in the headroom of  USD 34.6 million (2015: USD 66.4 million) if  the net profit was to decrease.

If  the terminal value growth rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, there would be a reduction  
in the headroom of  USD 6.9 million (2015: USD 35.5 million) if  the terminal value growth rate was lower or an increase in the headroom  
of  USD 7.6 million (2015: USD 40.8 million) if  the terminal value growth rate was higher.

Owing to the significant negative headroom in management’s base case, in all of  the above scenarios, the goodwill as at 31 December 
2016 would be fully impaired.

The substantial negative headroom represents an indicator of  impairment of  other non-current assets and an impairment test was 
performed using the same assumptions as above.  In all cases there was significant residual headroom and consequently no impairment 
of  other non-current assets was recorded. 

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS89

4   Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued

Impairment of investment in subsidiaries
The Company tests investment in subsidiaries (Note 18) for impairment annually or more frequently if  events or changes in circumstances 
indicate a potential impairment. The recoverable amount of  the investment in subsidiaries is determined based on value-in-use calculations. 
These calculations require the use of  estimates. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved 
by management covering a three-year period. 

Cash flows beyond the three-year period are extrapolated using the estimated revenue growth rate of  5% (2015: 5%). A discount rate of  
11.54% (2015: 10.39%) is used to discount the pre-tax cash flows projections to the present value. In determining the appropriate discount 
rate, the Group considers the weighted average cost of  capital employed, which takes into consideration the risk free rate of  US treasury 
bonds with a long-term maturity period, the UAE inflation rate, the equity risk premium on the entities operating from the UAE, the Group’s 
beta and the cost of  Group’s debt.

During the year, the Company recorded an impairment charge with respect to its investment in LEL of  USD 140.1 million (Notes 18 and 25) 
(2015: Headroom of  USD 354.7 million). 

If  the revenue growth rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, the impairment would be higher by  
USD 1.3 million (2015: Headroom lower by USD 3.9 million) if  the revenue growth rate was decreased or the impairment would be lower  
by USD 1.3 million (2015: Headroom higher by USD 3.9 million) if  the revenue growth rate was increased.

If  the discount rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, the impairment would be higher by  
USD 9.2 million (2015: Headroom lower by USD 48.2 million) if  the discount rate was increased or the impairment would be lower  
by USD 10.2 million (2015: Headroom higher by USD 55.1 million) if  the discount rate was decreased. 

If  the net profit as a percentage of  revenue was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, the impairment would  
be higher by USD 34.6 million (2015: Headroom lower by USD 67.0 million) if  the net profit as a percentage of  revenue was lower  
or the impairment would be lower by USD 34.6 million (2015: Headroom higher by USD 67.0 million) if  the net profit as a percentage  
of  revenue was higher.

If  the terminal value growth rate was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, the impairment would be higher by  
USD 6.9 million (2015: Headroom lower by USD 35.9 million) if  the terminal value growth rate was lower or the impairment would be lower 
by USD 7.6 million (2015: Headroom higher by USD 41.3 million) if  the terminal value growth rate was increased.

Employees’ end of service benefits
The rate used for discounting the employees’ post-employment defined benefit obligation should be based on market yields on high  
quality corporate bonds. In countries where there is no deep market for such bonds, the market yields on government bonds should  
be used. In the UAE there is no deep market for corporate bonds and no market for government bonds and, therefore, the discount rate 
has been estimated using the US AA-rated corporate bond market as a proxy. On this basis, the discount rate applied was 3.5% (2015: 
3.5%). If  the discount rate used was to differ by 0.5 points from management’s estimates, the carrying amount of  the employees’ end  
of  the service benefits provision at the balance sheet date would be an estimated USD 0.3 million (2015: USD 1.0 million) lower or  
USD 1.5 million (2015: USD 1.4 million) higher. If  the salary growth rate used was to differ by 0.5 points from management’s estimates,  
the carrying amount of  the employees’ end of  the service benefits provision at the balance sheet date would be an estimated  
USD 1.3 million (2015: USD 1.4 million) higher or USD 0.3 million (2015: USD 1.0 million) lower. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS90

5 

Segment information 

The Group is organised into business units, which are the Group’s operating segments and are reported to the Board of  Directors, the 
chief  operating decision-maker. These operating segments are aggregated into two reportable segments – ‘Fabrication & Engineering’ 
and ‘Services’ based on similar nature of  the products and services, type of  customer and economic characteristics. During 2015, the 
segments were reported as Segment A and Other segment and as a result, comparatives have been restated.

The Fabrication & Engineering segment contains business from New Build Jackup Rigs (“NBJR”), Modules (“MOD”), Offshore Platforms 
(“OP”) and Oil and Gas Contracting Services (“OGCS”) excluding that from the Operations & Maintenance manpower business. The 
Services segment contains business from Operations & Maintenance and safety services.

NBJR derives its revenue from assembly and new build construction for the offshore oil and gas and renewables sectors; MOD derives 
its revenue from fabricating packaged, pre-assembled and modularised units and constructing accommodation and complex process 
modules for onshore downstream projects; OP derives its revenue from construction of  complex living quarters, wellhead decks, topsides, 
jackets and other offshore fixed facilities; and OGCS derives its revenue from rig refurbishment, land rig services, engineering and 
construction. Operations & Maintenance derives its revenue from manpower supply and ancillary services.

Year ended 31 December 2016
Revenue from external customers1
Gross operating profit1

Fabrication & 
Engineering
USD’000

Services
USD’000

Total
USD’000

668,835
99,436

36,159
14,174

704,994
113,610

1.  As a result of  the late delivery of  the Ensco 140 rig which was caused by failures in the jacking equipment supplied by the original equipment manufacturer, Cameron LeTourneau 

(“Cameron”), the Group entered into a settlement agreement on 26 August 2016. 

The impact of  the settlement agreement was that the Group’s Fabrication & Engineering segment incurred a reduction of  revenue amounting to USD 25.0 million, which was a 
deduction from the final ‘Ensco 140’ rig milestone payment and is likely to incur additional estimated contract costs amounting to USD 17.6 million as a result of  an increase in the 
contract scope which the Group committed to provide for the ‘Ensco 140 and 141’ rigs.

Year ended 31 December 2015 (restated)
Revenue from external customers 
Gross operating profit 

Fabrication & 
Engineering
USD’000

Services
USD’000

Total
USD’000

828,160
151,131 

42,898
23,744 

871,058
 174,875 

Sales between segments are carried out on agreed terms. The revenue from external parties reported to the Board of  Directors is 
measured in a manner consistent with that in the consolidated income statement.

The reconciliation of  the gross operating profit is provided as follows:

Gross operating profit for the Fabrication & Engineering segment as reported to the Executive Directors
Gross operating profit for the Services segments as reported to the Executive Directors
Unallocated:
Employee and equipment costs
Repairs and maintenance 
Yard rent and depreciation
Others
Gross profit
Impairment loss1 (Note 17)
Selling and distribution expenses (Note 7)
General and administrative expenses (Note 9)
Other gains/(losses) – net (Note 12)
Finance costs (Note 11)
Finance income (Note 11)
Others
(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations

2016
USD’000
99,436
14,174 

(23,151)
(10,147)
(12,798)
(10,311)
57,203
(180,539)
(798)
(51,763)
1,944
(12,822)
2,895
1,690
(182,190)

2015
USD’000
151,131
23,744

(14,523)
(18,636)
(12,667)
(5,529)
123,520

(1,771)
(44,318)
260
(14,647)
2,679
777
66,500

1.  The impairment loss of  USD 180.5 million recognised for the year in respect of  goodwill is attributable to the Fabrication & Engineering reportable segment. 

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
5 

Segment information continued

Information about segment assets and liabilities is not reported to or used by the Board of  Directors and, accordingly, no measures  
of  segment assets and liabilities are reported. The breakdown of  revenue from all services is as follows:

91

Fabrication & Engineering
New Build Jackup Rigs
Oil and Gas Contracting Services
Modules
Offshore platforms
Services
Operations & Maintenance manpower supply

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

567,585
47,648
40,809
12,793

36,159
704,994

675,821
93,318
47,121
11,900

42,898
871,058

The Board of  Directors assesses the performance of  the operating segments based on a measure of  gross profit. The staff, equipment 
and certain subcontract costs are measured based on standard cost. The measurement basis excludes the effect of  the common 
expenses for yard rent, repairs and maintenance and other miscellaneous expenses.

The Group’s principal place of  business is in the UAE. The revenue recognised in the UAE with respect to external customers is  
USD 700.4 million (2015: USD 865.8 million), and the revenue recognised from other countries is USD 4.6 million (2015: USD 5.3 million). 

Certain customers individually accounted for greater than 10% of  the Group’s revenue and are shown in the table below:

External customer A 
External customer B 
External customer C 

2016
USD’000
333,432
161,529
77,486
572,447

2015
USD’000
275,296
196,462
147,251
 619,009

The revenue from these customers is attributable to the Fabrication & Engineering segment. The above customers in 2016 are not 
necessarily the same customers in 2015.

6  Cost of  sales

Materials and related costs
Staff costs (Note 10)
Subcontract costs
Subcontract labour
Depreciation (Note 16)
Repairs and maintenance
Yard rent
Equipment hire
Write-down of  inventory to net realisable value (Note 20)
Release of  warranty provision 
Others

7 

Selling and distribution expenses

Travel
Advertising and marketing
Entertainment 
Others

2016 
USD’000
304,144
134,945
128,064
26,998
22,071
10,147
6,379
8,748
2,000
(3,876)
8,171
647,791

2015 
USD’000
445,461
150,979
77,561
20,968
16,818
18,636
6,754
5,136
–
(4,000)
9,225
747,538 

2016 
USD’000
575
153
66
4
798 

2015 
USD’000
628
359
143
641
1,771 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS92

8 

Share-based payments

Group

Amount of  share-based charge (Note 10):
– relating to retention share plan
– relating to executive share option plan
– relating to performance share plan

Company

Amount of  share-based charge:
– relating to retention share plan
– relating to executive share option plan
– relating to performance share plan

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

790
–
1,935
2,725

126
130
2,918
3,174

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

178
–
574
752 

90
130
905
1,125 

Retention share plan
The Company awarded shares to selected Directors, key management personnel and employees under the retention share plan that 
provides an entitlement to receive these shares at no cost. These retention shares are conditional on the Directors/key management 
personnel/employee completing a specified period of  service (the vesting period). The awards do not entitle participants to dividend 
equivalents during the vesting period and some of  the awards have a performance condition. The fair value of  the share awards made 
under this plan is based on the share price at the date of  the grant, less the value of  the dividends foregone during the vesting period. 

The details of  the shares granted under this scheme are as follows:

Grant date
2014

2015
2016

Number
of  shares
470,000
122,499
592,499
495,000
475,000
281,761
94,452
46,811
898,024

Vesting
period
36 months
36 months

36 months
36 months
12 months
24 months
36 months

Fair value
per share
£1.55
£1.41

£1.20
£0.17
£0.73
£0.73
£0.73

Expected
withdrawal 
rate
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

A charge of  USD 789,612 (2015: USD 125,661) is recognised in the consolidated income statement for the year with a corresponding 
credit to the consolidated retained earnings. This includes a charge recognised in the income statement of  the Company with a 
corresponding credit to retained earnings of  USD 177,749 (2015: USD 90,356).

The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to settle the retention share awards in cash.

An analysis of  the number of  shares granted, vested during the year and expected to vest in future periods is provided below:

Shares expected to vest in future periods at 1 January 2015 
Shares granted under the retention share awards
Shares lapsed during the year
Shares expected to vest in future periods at 31 December 2015
Shares granted under the retention share awards
Shares lapsed during the year
Shares expected to vest in future periods at 31 December 2016

Number of  
shares
592,499
495,000
(131,247)
956,252
898,024
(20,000)
1,834,276

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS93

8 

Share-based payments continued

Executive share option plan
Share options are granted by the Company to certain employees under the executive share option plan. This option plan does not entitle 
the employees to dividends. These options have a vesting condition, are conditional on the employee completing three years of  service 
(the vesting period) and hence the options are exercisable starting three years from the grant date and have a contracted option term of  
10 years. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

The movement in the number of  share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise price is as follows: 

At 1 January 2014
Granted in 2014 
At 31 December 2014 and 2015
At 31 December 2016

Exercise 
price in 
£ per share

1.41

Options
–
340,855
340,855 
340,855

Vesting date

Expiry date

17 Nov 2017

27 Nov 2027

The outstanding options as at 31 December 2016 have a fair value per option of  £0.73. 

A charge of  USD Nil (2015: USD 130,470) is recognised in the consolidated income statement for the year with a corresponding credit 
to the consolidated retained earnings. This includes a charge recognised in the income statement of  the Company with a corresponding 
credit to retained earnings of  USD Nil (2015: USD 130,470). 

Performance share plan
The Company granted share awards to Directors, key management personnel and selected employees that give them an entitlement  
to receive a certain number of  shares subject to the satisfaction of  a performance target and continued employment. The performance 
target is assessed against financial metrics that may include relative or absolute total shareholder return, cumulative EBIDTA and end  
of  period backlog. The fair value of  the share awards made under this plan is based on the share price at the date of  the grant less the 
value of  the dividends foregone during the vesting period. 

The details of  the shares granted under this scheme are as follows:

Grant date
2014
30 June 2014
18 November 2014
18 November 2014

2015
9 April 2015
9 April 2015
21 September 2015

2016
10 October 2016
10 October 2016
10 October 2016
10 October 2016
10 October 2016
10 October 2016

Number of  
shares

Vesting 
period

Fair value 
per share

Dividend 
entitlement

Expected 
withdrawal 
rate

1,080,142
321,691
321,691
1,723,524

416,569
1,537,739
292,570
2,246,878

1,306,266
2,255,602
55,219
102,019
147,330
133,830
4,000,266

36 months
24 months
36 months

36 months
36 months
–

36 months
36 months
12 months
24 months
36 months
–

£ 1.35
£ 1.41
£ 1.23

£ 1.05
£ 1.05
£ 0.67

£ 0.45
£ 0.45
£ 0.38
£ 0.42
£ 0.44
£ 0.41

No
No
No

No
No
No

No
No
No
No
No
No

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

Accordingly, a charge of  USD 1,935,350 (2015: USD 2,918,062) is recognised in the consolidated income statement for the year with  
a corresponding credit to the consolidated retained earnings. This includes a charge recognised in the income statement of  the Company 
with a corresponding credit to retained earnings of  USD 574,798 (2015: USD 905,000).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
94

8 

Share-based payments continued

Performance share plan continued
The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to settle the retention share awards in cash.

An analysis of  the number of  shares gifted/granted, vested during the year and expected to vest in future periods is provided below:

Shares expected to vest in future periods at 1 January 2015
Shares granted under performance share plan
Shares lapsed due to non-satisfaction of  vesting conditions
Shares expected to vest in future periods at 31 December 2015
Shares granted under performance share plan
Shares vested under performance share plan
Shares lapsed due to non-satisfaction of  vesting conditions
Shares expected to vest in future periods at 31 December 2016

9  General and administrative expenses

Staff costs (Note 10)
Provision/(release) for impairment of  trade receivables, net of  amounts recovered
Legal, professional and consultancy fees
Staff redundancy expenses (Note 33)
Amortisation of  intangible assets (Note 17)
Potential partnership expenses1
Depreciation (Note 16)
Utilities and communication
Bank charges
Others

1.  Potential partnership expenses pertain to the cost incurred on establishing the Maritime yard in Ras Al Khair, in eastern Saudi Arabia.

10  Staff costs

Wages and salaries 
Employees’ end of  service benefits (Note 26)
Share-based payments – value of  services provided (Note 8)
Other benefits

Staff costs are included in:
Cost of  sales (Note 6)
General and administrative expenses (Note 9)

Number of  employees at 31 December 

Number of  
shares
1,786,582
2,246,878
(205,046)
3,828,414
4,000,266
(321,691)
(1,089,193)
6,417,796

2015 
USD’000
34,054
(6,100)
3,346
–
2,624
–
2,560
932
184
6,718
44,318

2015 
USD’000
120,611 
6,313
3,174
54,935 
 185,033

150,979
34,054
185,033
7,736

2016 
USD’000
25,770 
977
3,736
3,361
3,147
3,373
3,030
1,744 
181 
6,444
51,763

2016 
USD’000
115,796
6,075 
2,725 
36,119 
160,715

134,945
25,770
160,715
5,189

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS95

10  Staff costs continued

Directors’ remuneration comprises:

 Salary 
2016 
USD’000

Fees 
2016 
USD’000

Allowances 
& benefits 
2016 
USD’000

 Share-based 
payments 
value of 
services 
provided 
2016 
USD’000

 Post 
employment 
benefits 
2016 
USD’000

Total 
2016 
USD’000

Total 
2015 
USD’000

 680
 197
 650
 410

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,937

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
103
133
92
99
427

–
56
202
243

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
501

334
158
129
 131

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
752

–
9
39
21

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
69

1,014
420
1,020
805

–
–
–
103
133
92
99
3,686

399
–
2,382
358

229
40
87
115
125
40
34
3,809

Executive Directors
John Kennedy1
Christopher McDonald2
Jim Moffat3
Antony Wright4
Non-Executive Directors
John Kennedy
Peter Whitbread5
Michael Press6
John Malcolm 
Ellis Armstrong
Mel Fitzgerald7
Debra Valentine8 

The emoluments of  the highest paid Director were USD 1.0 million (2015: USD 2.4 million) and these principally comprised salary,  
bonus and benefits. 

1.  Appointed Executive Chairman with effect from 13 August 2015.
2.  Appointed as Chief  Executive Officer with effect from 1 October 2016. 
3.  Retired as Chief  Executive Officer with effect from 30 September 2016.
4.  Appointed as Chief  Financial Officer and Director on 13 August 2015.
5.  Retired as Non-Executive Director with effect from 12 May 2015. 
6.  Retired as Non-Executive Director with effect from 13 August 2015.
7.  Appointed as Non-Executive Director on 13 August 2015.
8.  Appointed as Non-Executive Director on 1 September 2015.

11  Finance costs – net

Finance costs
Bank guarantee charges
Commitment fees
Interest on bank borrowings
Others

Finance income
Finance income comprises interest income of  USD 2.9 million (2015: USD 2.7 million) from bank deposits.

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

3,731
3,637
3,317
2,137
12,822 

5,300
3,829
3,588
1,930
14,647

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
96

12  Other gains/(losses) – net

Profit on disposal of  assets
Exchange gain/(loss) – net
Loss on derivative financial instruments
Others

13  Earnings per share

2016 
USD’000
621
539
(234)
1,018
1,944 

2015 
USD’000
315
(16)
(780)
741
 260 

(a)  Basic
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the (loss)/profit attributable to the equity holders of  the Company by the weighted 
average number of  ordinary shares in issue during the year excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury 
shares (Note 25).

(b)  Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of  ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion 
of  all dilutive potential ordinary shares. For the retention share awards, options under executive share option plan and performance share 
plan, a calculation is performed to determine the number of  shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average 
annual market share price of  the Company’s shares) based on the monetary value of  the subscription rights attached to outstanding share 
awards/options. The number of  shares calculated as above is compared with the number of  shares that would have been issued assuming 
the exercise of  the share awards/options. 

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

The calculations of  (loss)/earnings per share are based on the following (loss)/profit and numbers of  shares:
(Loss)/profit for the year
Loss for the year from discontinued operations
Weighted average number of  shares for basic (loss)/earnings per share
Adjustments for:
– Assumed vesting of  performance share plan
– Assumed vesting of  retention share plan
Weighted average number of  shares for diluted (loss)/earnings per share

 (184,315)
(2,125)
341,655,353

 64,700
(1,800)
341,710,302

–
–
341,655,353

 51,331 
1,683,467
343,445,100

Assumed vesting of  performance and retention share plans amounting to 2,467,849 shares and 700,303 shares respectively have been 
excluded in the current period as these are anti-dilutive.

(Loss)/earnings per share:
Basic 
Diluted
(Loss)/earnings per share from continuing operations:
Basic
Diluted
Loss per share from discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

 (53.94)c
 (53.94)c

 (53.32)c
 (53.32)c

(0.62)c
(0.62)c

 18.93c
 18.84c

 19.46c
 19.36c

 (0.53)c
 (0.52)c

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14  Operating (loss)/profit

(a)  Operating (loss)/profit
Operating (loss)/profit (from continuing operations) is stated after charging/recognising:

Impairment of  goodwill (Note 17)
Depreciation (Note 16)
Operating lease rentals – land and buildings
Provision/(release) for impairment of  trade receivables 
Write-down of  inventory to net realisable value (Note 20)

(b)  Auditor’s remuneration 
Services provided by the Group’s auditors and its associates comprised:

Auditor’s remuneration – audit and related services
Auditor’s remuneration – taxation and other services

97

2016 
USD’000
180,539
25,101
11,872
977
2,000

2015 
USD’000
–
19,378
12,437
(6,100)
–

2016 
USD’000
520
–

2015 
USD’000
568
101

(c)  Loss on sale of subsidiary
Loss for the year of  USD 2.1 million (2015: USD 1.8 million) comprises additional losses incurred by Litwin, a subsidiary disposed during 
2015, which the Group have incurred under the warranty provisions in the Purchase and Sale Agreement. 

15  Financial instruments by category

The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the line items below:

Group
Assets as per balance sheet

Trade receivables – net of  provision (Note 21)
Other receivables excluding prepayments
Due from related parties (Note 23)
Derivative financial instruments (Note 27)
Cash and bank balances (Note 22)

Liabilities as per balance sheet

Classification 
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Fair value through profit or loss
Loans and receivables

Derivative financial instruments (Note 27)
Trade payables (Note 28)
Due to a related party (Note 23)
Accruals (Note 28)
Provision for warranty costs and other liabilities (Note 29)
Borrowings (Note 30)

Classification 
Derivatives used for hedging
Liabilities at amortised cost
Liabilities at amortised cost
Liabilities at amortised cost
Liabilities at amortised cost
Liabilities at amortised cost

2016 
USD’000
83,943
17,967
109
173
334,670
436,862 

2016 
USD’000
1,259
31,662
228
111,022
7,958
59,484
211,613 

2015 
USD’000
88,926
6,404
13
–
289,618
 384,961 

2015 
USD’000
18
44,065
122
127,155
8,334
79,299
258,993 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS98

15  Financial instruments by category continued

Company
Assets as per balance sheet

Cash at bank
Due from related parties (Note 23)
Other receivables

Liabilities as per balance sheet

Accruals 

Classification 
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables

Classification 
Liabilities at amortised cost

2016 
USD’000
264
13,694
357
14,315 

2015 
USD’000
218
12,510
635
13,363 

2016 
USD’000
564

2015 
USD’000
17

Credit quality of financial assets
Group
The credit quality of  financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to historical information about 
counterparty default rates:

Trade receivables
Group A
Group B
Group C

Group A – Last six months average debtor days is less than 45.
Group B – Last six months average debtor days is between 46 and 90.
Group C – Last six months average debtor days is above 90.

None of  the financial assets that is fully performing has been renegotiated in the last year. 

Cash at bank and short-term bank deposits 
Fitch’s ratings
AA-
A+
A
BBB+
BBB
BBB-
B
Not rated

Cash in hand
Cash at bank and in hand (Note 22)

Company

Due from related parties (Note 23)

Due from related parties is neither past due nor impaired.

Cash at bank 
Fitch’s ratings
AA-

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

57,315
975
17,733
76,023 

4,473
12,502
21,668
 38,643 

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

39,884
259,389
33,420
–
395
13
620
202
333,923
747
334,670 

46,463
230,471
10,547
395
–
–
963
202
289,041
577
 289,618

2016 
USD’000
13,694 

2015 
USD’000
 12,510 

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

264

 218 

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS99

16  Property, plant and equipment 

Cost
At 1 January 2015
Additions
Disposals 
Transfers 
At 31 December 2015
Additions
Disposals 
Transfers
At 31 December 2016
Depreciation
At 1 January 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31 December 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31 December 2016
Net book value
At 31 December 2016
At 31 December 2015

Buildings &
infrastructure 
USD’000

Operating
equipment
USD’000

Fixtures
and office
equipment
USD’000

Motor
vehicles
USD’000

126,620
10,793
(370)
1,088 
138,131
4,166
(147)
3,973
146,123

(36,273)
(7,209)
331
(43,151)
(7,661)
98
(50,714)

95,409
94,980

126,384
25,104
(1,760)
3,597 
153,325
4,643
(19,803)
8,551
146,716

(84,278)
(10,906)
1,723 
(93,461)
(15,652)
19,216
(89,897)

56,819
59,864

17,410
2,121
(3,118)
129 
16,542
155
(711)
982
16,968

(16,586)
(803)
3,001
(14,388)
(1,315)
711
(14,992)

1,976
2,154

3,089
1,372
(295)
83
4,249
196
(1,040)
36
3,441

(2,410)
(460)
260
(2,610)
(473)
948
(2,135)

1,306
1,639

Capital
work-in-
progress
USD’000

5,387
16,159
–
(4,897)
16,649
13,711
–
(13,542)
16,818

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total
USD’000

278,890
55,549
(5,543)
–
328,896
22,871
(21,701)
–
330,066

(139,547)
(19,378)
5,315
(153,610)
(25,101)
20,973
(157,738)

16,818
16,649

172,328
175,286

Buildings have been constructed on land, leased on a renewable basis from various Government Authorities. The remaining lives of  the 
leases range between two and 21 years. The Group has renewed these land leases upon expiry in the past and its present intention  
is to continue to use the land and renew these leases for the foreseeable future.

Property, plant and equipment with a carrying amount of  USD 109.3 million (2015: USD 115.2 million) are under lien against the bank 
facilities (Note 30).

A depreciation expense of  USD 22.1 million (2015: USD 16.8 million) has been charged to cost of  sales; USD 3.0 million (2015:  
USD 2.6 million) to general and administrative expenses (Notes 6 and 9) and USD Nil (2015: USD 0.04 million) is presented within  
profit for the year from discontinued operations.

Capital work-in-progress represents the cost incurred towards construction and upgrade of  infrastructure and operating equipment.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS100

17 

Intangible assets

Goodwill 
USD’000

Trade name 
USD’000

Customer 
relationships
USD’000

Leasehold 
rights
USD’000

Software 
USD’000

Cost
At 1 January 2015 
Additions
Transfers
At 31 December 2015
Additions
At 31 December 2016
Amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2015
Charge for the year (Note 9)
At 31 December 2015
Charge for the year (Note 9)
Impairment
At 31 December 2016
Net book value
At 31 December 2016
At 31 December 2015

180,539
–
–
180,539
–
180,539

–
–
–
–
180,539
180,539

–
180,539

22,335
–
–
22,335
–
22,335

10,535
1,804
12,339
1,804
–
14,143

8,192
9,996

19,323
–
–
19,323
–
19,323

19,323
–
19,323
–
–
19,323

–
–

8,338
–
–
8,338
–
8,338

1,966
488
2,454
488
–
2,942

5,396
5,884

4,369
6
7,153
11,528
2,753
14,281

1,731
332
2,063
855
–
2,918

11,363
9,465

Work-in- 
progress 
USD’000

 3,377
 3,776
(7,153)
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

Total
USD’000

238,281
3,782
–
242,063
2,753
244,816

33,555
2,624
 36,179
 3,147
180,539
 219,865

 24,951
 205,884

Trade name represents the expected future economic benefit to be derived from the continued use of  the MIS trade name acquired 
through the acquisition of  MIS. 

Leasehold rights represent a favourable operating right acquired upon the acquisition of  MIS and existing leasehold rights in the books  
of  MIS on acquisition of  Rig Metals LLC in 2008. The value of  the intangible assets has been determined by calculating the present value 
of  the expected future economic benefits to arise from the favourable lease terms of  10 to 16 years. 

During 2015, work-in-progress represented the cost incurred towards the implementation of  a new Enterprise Resource Planning software 
(“ERP software”). 

The Group amortises intangible assets with a limited useful life using the straight line method over the following periods:

Trade name
Leasehold rights
Software

Years
10
10 – 16
15

Goodwill is monitored by management at the operating segment level. Goodwill of  USD 180.5 million arising due to the acquisition of  MIS 
has been allocated to the Fabrication & Engineering cash generating units (CGU) as follows:

New Build Jackup Rigs
Oil and Gas Contracting Services
Modules
Offshore platforms

USD’000
122,645 
22,054
17,581
18,259 
 180,539

The recoverable amount of  each CGU has been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of  
estimates. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on the Group budget covering a three-year period. Cash flows 
beyond the three-year period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rate stated below. The growth rate does not exceed the  
long-term average growth rate for the business in which each of  the CGUs operate. The discount rate used is pre-tax and reflects the 
specific risks to the relevant cash generating unit.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS101

17 

Intangible assets continued

The key assumptions, revenue growth rate, discount rate, net profit rate and terminal value growth rate used in the value-in-use calculations 
for each of  the CGUs is as follows:

Revenue growth rate1
Discount rate2
Net profit rate3 
Terminal value growth rate4

2016
5%
11.54%
3%
2%

2015
5%
10.42%
3%
3.25%

1.  Revenue growth rate for the first three-year period is based on the Group budget. Beyond this period, the growth rate is determined based upon past performance and management 

2. 

expectations of  future market development, which includes various assumptions relating to market outlook, contract awards and contract margins.
In determining the appropriate discount rate, the Group considers the weighted average cost of  capital employed, which takes into consideration the risk free rate of  US treasury 
bonds with a long-term maturity period, the UAE inflation rate, an equity risk premium on the entities operating from the UAE, the Group’s beta and the cost of  the Group’s debt.
3.   Net profit rate for the first three-year period is based on the Group budget. Beyond this period, the net profit rate is determined based upon management expectations of  future 

market development. 

4.  Terminal value growth rate is based upon management expectations of  future market development. 

The market downturn has resulted in a decrease in bidding activities and new project awards for each of  the CGUs, resulting in an 
impairment loss of  USD 180.5 million. 

18 

Investment in subsidiaries

Balance at 1 January
Additions – conversion of  loan
Share-based payments to employees of  subsidiaries in accordance with IFRS 2
Impaired during the year
Balance at 31 December

2016 
USD’000
692,569
–
1,973
(140,094)
554,448

2015 
USD’000
593,747
96,773
2,049
–
 692,569 

The recoverable amount of  the investment in subsidiaries is determined based on value-in-use calculations (Note 4). Based on these 
calculations, an impairment charge of  USD 140.1 million with respect to the investment in LEL is recognised during 2016 in the other 
reserve (Note 25) in the separate balance sheet of  Company. This relates to the impairment of  investment in LEL which was accounted  
for using the uniting of  interest method for business combinations.

The Company granted retention and performance shares to employees of  its subsidiaries under various plans (Note 8). These shares 
have a vesting period that ranges from 12 to 36 months. Accordingly, the proportionate share-based charge for the year of  USD 2.0 million 
(2015: USD 2.0 million) has been recorded as an increase in investment in subsidiaries with a corresponding credit to retained earnings.

During 2015, management converted a loan receivable from LEL into an equity contribution. Accordingly, an amount of  USD 96.8 million 
was treated as a further investment in the subsidiary.

19 

Investment accounted for using the equity method

Investment in a joint venture

At 1 January
Dividend received during the year
Share of  profit for the year 
At 31 December

2016 
USD’000
5,285
–
1,944
7,229

2015 
USD’000
5,118
(1,151) 
1,318
5,285

Details of  the Group’s joint ventures during the year and at the balance sheet date is as follows:

Name of  the joint venture
Maritime Industrial Services Arabia Co. Ltd. (“MISA”)1

Place of  incorporation and operation
Jubail, Kingdom of  Saudi Arabia

Proportion of  ownership

Status
30%  Operational

1.  Production, manufacturing and erection of  heat exchangers, pressure vessels, tanks, structural steel, piping and other related activities. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS102

19 

Investment accounted for using the equity method continued

Summarised financial information in respect of  the Group’s joint ventures is set out below:

MISA

Total non-current assets 
Total current assets 
Total non-current liabilities 
Total current liabilities (excluding income tax payable)
Net assets (excluding income tax payable)
Income tax payable
Net assets 
Group’s share of  joint venture’s net assets (excluding income tax payable) – 30%
Group’s share of  joint venture’s income tax payable
Group’s share of  joint venture’s net assets – net of  Group’s share of  income tax
Revenue 
Expenses 
Profit before tax
Group’s share of  joint venture’s net profit – net of  Group’s share of  income tax

MISA is a private company and there is no quoted market price available for its shares.

This Group has the following contingencies and commitments relating to the Group’s interest in the joint venture.

Letters of  guarantee
Operating lease commitments

20 

Inventories

Raw materials, consumables and finished goods
Work in progress
Less: Provision for slow moving and obsolete inventories

2016 
USD’000
7,305
46,553
(25,140) 
(3,005) 
25,713 
(1,053)
24,660
7,714
(485)
7,229
56,221
(48,122)
8,099
1,944

2015 
USD’000
6,902
21,452
(2,600)
(6,977)
18,777
(628)
 18,149
5,633

(348) 
5,285
30,809
(25,077)
5,732
1,318

2016 
USD’000
2,172
284

2015 
USD’000
2,532
119

2016 
USD’000
27,989
–
(3,574)
24,415

2015 
USD’000
21,917
9,604
(2,455)
29,066

The cost of  inventories recognised as an expense amounts to USD 21.8 million and this includes USD 2.0 million (2015: USD Nil)  
in respect of  write-down of  inventory to net realisable value.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS21  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Other receivables and prepayments
Advance to suppliers
Receivables from a related party (Note 23)

Less: Provision for impairment of  trade receivables

Amounts due from customers on contracts
Contract work in progress

Non-current portion:
Prepayments
Current portion

103

2016 
USD’000
89,431
38,244
17,556
109
145,340
(5,488)
139,852
127,809
7,661
275,322

2015 
USD’000
94,146
30,206
19,435
13
143,800
(5,220)
138,580
133,487
156,259
428,326

10,905
264,417

12,712
415,614

The non-current portion includes an amount of  USD 8.5 million paid to Sharjah Electricity and Water Authority for construction, installation 
and maintenance of  an electric mainline at its Hamriyah facility. The Group has decided to amortise this amount over the remaining period 
of  the leasehold rights for the facility.

Amounts due from customers on contracts comprise:

Costs incurred to date
Attributable profits

Less: Progress billings

An analysis of  trade receivables is as follows:

Fully performing 
Past due but not impaired
Impaired

2016 
USD’000
1,644,890
299,154
1,944,044
(1,816,235)
127,809

2015 
USD’000
1,098,234
204,586
1,302,820
(1,169,333)
133,487

2016 
USD’000
76,023
7,920
5,488
89,431

2015 
USD’000
38,643
50,283
5,220
94,146

At 31 December 2016, trade receivables of  USD 7.9 million (2015: USD 50.3 million) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a 
number of  independent customers for whom there is no recent history of  default. 

Up to 3 months
3 to 6 months
Over 6 months

2016 
USD’000
5,863
566
1,491
7,920

2015 
USD’000
48,446
785
1,052
50,283

At 31 December 2016, trade receivables of  USD 5.5 million (2015: USD 5.2 million) were impaired and provided for. The individually 
impaired receivables mainly relate to customers who are in a difficult economic situation. The ageing analysis of  these trade receivables  
is as follows:

Not yet overdue
Over six months

2016 
USD’000
–
5,488
5,488

2015 
USD’000
569
4,651
5,220

The carrying amounts of  the Group’s trade and other receivables are primarily denominated in US Dollars or UAE Dirhams, which are 
pegged to the US Dollar.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS104

21  Trade and other receivables continued

Movements on the provision for impairment of  trade receivables are as follows:

At 1 January
Provision for impairment of  receivables 
Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable
Amounts recovered during the year
At 31 December

2016 
USD’000
5,220
1,894
(709)
(917)
5,488

2015 
USD’000
11,622
1,309
(302)
(7,409)
5,220

The creation and release of  the provision for impaired receivables have been included in general and administrative expenses in the 
consolidated income statement (Note 9). Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off when there is no expectation 
of  recovering additional cash.

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of  each class of  receivables mentioned above.  
The carrying value of  trade receivables approximates to their fair value.

22  Cash and bank balances

Group

Cash at bank and on hand
Term deposits and margin deposits – Current
Cash and bank balances
Term deposits and margin deposits – Non-current
Less: Margin/short-term deposits under lien
Less: Deposits with original maturity of  more than three  months
Cash and cash equivalents (for the purpose of  the cash flow statement)

2016 
USD’000
88,491
239,402
327,893
6,777 
(10,983)
(78,173)
245,514

2015 
USD’000
92,301
188,367
280,668
8,950
(11,787)
(53,667)
224,164

At 31 December 2016, the cash at bank and short-term deposits were held with 13 banks (2015: 13 banks). The effective interest rate on 
short-term deposits was 1.46% (2015: 0.96%) per annum. Margin and short-term deposits of  USD 11.0 million (2015: USD 11.8 million) 
and deposits with an original maturity of  more than three months amounting to USD 75.8 million (2015: USD 43.9 million) are held under 
lien against guarantees issued by the banks (Note 35).

Company
Cash at bank comprises of  cash held with one bank (2015: one bank).

23  Related party balances and transactions 

Related parties comprise LHL (which owns 33% of  the issued share capital of  the Company), certain legal shareholders of  the Group 
companies, Directors and key management personnel of  the Group and entities controlled by Directors and key management personnel. 
Key management includes the Directors (Executive and Non-Executive) and members of  the executive committee. Related parties, for the 
purpose of  the parent company financial statements, also include subsidiaries owned directly or indirectly and joint ventures. Other than 
those disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements, the Group entered into the following significant transactions during the year with 
related parties at prices and on terms agreed between the related parties:

Group

Key management compensation
Legal and professional services
Sales to joint ventures
Purchases from joint ventures
Sponsorship fees and commissions paid to legal shareholders of  subsidiaries (Note 1)

Company

Key management compensation
Revenue (management fees charged to subsidiaries)

2016 
USD’000
6,824
58
109
243
326

2016 
USD’000
3,258
6,723

2015 
USD’000
7,099
–
315
342
294

2015 
USD’000
3,139
6,119

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS23  Related party balances and transactions continued

Key management compensation comprises:

Group

Salaries and other short-term benefits
Share-based payments – value of  services provided
Post-employment benefits

Key management compensation comprises:

Company

Salaries and other short-term benefits
Share-based payments – value of  services provided
Post-employment benefits

105

2016 
USD’000
5,313
1,337
174
6,824

2016 
USD’000
2,438
752
68
3,258

2015 
USD’000
5,075
1,832
192
7,099

2015 
USD’000
1,905
1,183
51
3,139

The terms of  the employment contracts of  the key management include reciprocal notice periods of  between three and 12 months.

Due from/due to related parties
Due from related parties

Group
MISA (in respect of  sales) (Joint venture) (Note 21)
Company
MIS1
EBT2
LEL3

2016
USD’000

2015
USD’000

109

13

11,231
210
2,253
13,694

11,236
13
1,261
12,510

1.   Primarily comprises a receivable in respect of  management fees charged by the Company.
2.   Primarily comprises of  payments made for treasury shares acquired by EBT on behalf  of  the Group.
3.   Primarily comprises of  a receivable in respect of  management fees charged by the Company. 

Further, the Company has provided performance guarantees on behalf  of  its subsidiary. These guarantees, issued in the normal course 
of  business, are outstanding at the year end and no outflow of  resources embodying economic benefits in relation to these guarantees is 
expected by the Company.

Due to a related party

Group
MISA (in respect of  purchases) (Joint venture) (Note 28)

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

228 

122 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS106

24  Share capital and share premium

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares
Group/Company

At 1 January 2015 and 31 December 2015
At 31 December 2016

Equity 
Number
341,726,570
341,726,570

Share 
capital 
USD’000
30,346 
30,346 

Share 
premium 
USD’000
315,995
315,995

The total authorised number of  ordinary shares is 400 million shares (2015: 400 million shares) with a par value of  5 pence per share 
(2015: 5 pence per share).

During 2016, Lamprell plc employee benefit trust (“EBT”) acquired 376,691 shares (2015: 51 shares) of  the Company. The total amount 
paid to acquire the shares was USD 542,539 (2015: USD Nil) and has been deducted from the consolidated retained earnings. During 
2016, 321,691 shares (2015: no shares amounting to USD Nil) were issued to employees and 71,217 shares (31 December 2015: 16,268 
shares) were held as treasury shares at 31 December 2016. The Company has the right to reissue these shares at a later date. These 
shares will be issued on vesting of  the retention shares/performance shares/share options granted to certain employees of  the Group.

25   Other reserves 

Group

At 1 January 2015
Currency translation differences
At 31 December 2015
Currency translation differences
Loss on cash flow hedges (Note 27)
At 31 December 2016

Legal 
reserve 
USD’000
98
–
98
–
–
98

Merger 
reserve 
USD’000
(18,572) 

–

(18,572) 

–
–
(18,572)

Hedge 
reserve 
USD’000
–
–
–
–
(1,259)
(1,259)

Translation 
reserve 
USD’000
(181)
(489)
(670)
(290) 
–
(960)

Total 
USD’000
(18,655) 
(489) 
(19,144)
(290) 
(1,259)
(20,693)

Legal reserve
The Legal reserve relates to subsidiaries (other than the subsidiaries incorporated in free zones) in the UAE and the State of  Qatar.  
In accordance with the laws of  the respective countries, the Group has established a statutory reserve by appropriating 10% of  the  
profit for the year of  such companies. Such transfers are required to be made until the reserve is equal to, at least, 50% (UAE) and 33.3% 
(State of  Qatar) of  the issued share capital of  such companies. The legal reserve is not available for distribution.

Merger reserve
On 11 September 2006, the Group acquired 100% of  the legal and beneficial ownership of  Inspec from LHL for a consideration  
of  USD 4 million. This acquisition was accounted for using the uniting of  interest method. 

On 25 September 2006, the Company entered into a share for share exchange agreement with LEL and LHL under which it acquired 
100% of  the 49,003 shares of  LEL from LHL in consideration for the issue to LHL of  200,000,000 shares of  the Company. This acquisition 
has been accounted for using the uniting of  interest method. 

Company
Other reserve

At 1 January
Transferred to retained earnings (Note 18)
At 31 December

2016 
USD’000
329,153
(140,094)
189,059

2015 
USD’000
329,153
–
329,153

The other reserve arose on acquisition of  LEL and is not available for distribution. However, transfers may be made to retained earnings  
in an amount equal to any impairments recognised.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS26  Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits 

In accordance with the provisions of  IAS 19, management has carried out an exercise to assess the present value of  its obligations  
at 31 December 2016 and 2015, using the projected unit credit method, in respect of  employees’ end of  service benefits payable under 
the labour laws of  the countries in which the Group operates. Under this method, an assessment has been made of  an employee’s 
expected service life with the Group and the expected basic salary at the date of  leaving the service. The obligation for end of  service 
benefit is not funded. 

The movement in the employees’ end of  service benefit liability over the periods is as follows:

107

Group

At 1 January
Current service cost
Interest cost
Remeasurements
Benefits paid
At 31 December

2016 
USD’000
42,863
4,879
1,196
(1,523)
(12,670)
34,745

2015 
USD’000
38,752
4,871
1,442
1,988
(4,190)
42,863

Remeasurements consist of  actuarial gain from a change in demographic assumptions USD 1.8 million (2015: actuarial loss of   
USD 1.0 million), a change in financial assumptions USD Nil (2015: actuarial loss of  USD 0.6 million) and actuarial loss from other 
experiences USD 0.3 million (2015: actuarial loss of  USD 0.4 million).

Company

At 1 January
Current service cost
Interest cost
Remeasurements
At 31 December

Group
The amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement are as follows:

Current service cost
Interest cost
Total (included in staff costs) (Note 10)

The above charges are included in cost of  sales and general and administrative expenses. 

Company

Current service cost
Interest cost
Total (included in staff costs)

The above charge of  USD 0.1 million (2015: USD 0.1 million) is included in general and administrative expenses.

The principal actuarial assumptions used were as follows:

Discount rate
Future salary increase:
Management and administrative employees
Yard employees

2016 
USD’000
121
61
7
(16)
173 

2016 
USD’000
4,879
1,196
6,075

2016 
USD’000
61
7
68

2016
3.50%

2.00%
2.00%

2015 
USD’000
75
40
13
(7)
 121 

2015 
USD’000
4,871
1,442
6,313

2015 
USD’000
40
13
53

2015
3.50%

3.00%
3.00%

The rate used for discounting the employees’ post-employment defined benefit obligation should be based on market yields on high 
quality corporate bonds. In countries where there is no deep market for such bonds, the market yields on government bonds should be 
used. In the UAE, there is no deep market for corporate bonds and no market for government bonds and, therefore, the discount rate has 
been estimated using the US AA-rated corporate bond market as a proxy. On this basis, the discount rate applied was 3.5% (2015: 3.5%). 
The rates used for future salary increase are long-term assumptions which take into account inflation, relevant factors in the employment 
market and the Group’s own expectations. Based on these factors, the future salary increase rate for Yard employees has decreased from 
3% to 2%.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS108

26  Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits continued

Due to the nature of  the benefit, which is a lump-sum payable on exit for any cause, a combined single decrement rate has been used  
as follows:

Yard employees:
20 – 29 years
30 – 44 years
45 – 59 years
60 years and above

Management and administrative employees:
20 – 29 years
30 – 44 years
45 – 54 years
55 – 59 years
60 years and above

Executive Directors:
35 – 39 years
40 – 64 years
65 years and above

27  Derivative financial instruments

Percentage of  employees at each 
age exiting the plan per

2016

2015

16%
10%
6%
100%

8%
6%
4%
1%
100%

10%
7%
100%

16%
10%
6%
100%

8%
6%
4%
1%
100%

10%
7%
100%

Forward contracts
Interest rate swaps
Total
Non-current portion:
Forward contracts
Interest rate swaps
Current portion

Notional 
contract 
amount 
USD’000
51,731
60,000
111,731

40,179
40,000
31,552

2016

Assets 
USD’000
–
173
173

–
115
58

Liabilities 
USD’000
1,259
–
1,259

794
–
465

Notional 
contract 
amount 
USD’000
–
80,000
80,000

–
60,000
20,000

2015

Assets 
USD’000
–
–
–

–
–
–

Liabilities 
USD’000
–
18
18

–
14
4

The Group has an interest rate swap to switch floating interest rates to fixed interest rates on the Group’s borrowings. This derivative did 
not qualify for hedge accounting and is carried at fair value through profit or loss. The notional principal amount at the date of  inception 
of  these contracts was USD 100 million. This contract matures in various instalments within 57 months from the date of  inception. The fair 
value at 31 December 2016 of  this derivative was USD 0.2 million (2015: USD 0.02 million).

During 2016, the Group designated foreign currency forward contracts as hedges of  highly probable purchases of  fixed assets and 
material in EUR, GBP and NOK. The forecast purchases are expected to occur during 2017 and 2018. The terms of  the forward contracts 
have been negotiated to match the terms of  the forecast transactions. Consequently, the hedges were assessed to be highly effective and 
an unrealised loss of  USD 1.2 million relating to the forward contracts is included in other comprehensive income.

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS28  Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Accruals
Payables to a related party (Note 23)
Amounts due to customers on contracts

Amounts due to customers on contracts comprise:
Progress billings
Less: Cost incurred to date
Less: Recognised profits

29  Provision for warranty costs and other liabilities

At 1 January 2015 
Charge during the year
Released/utilised during the year
At 31 December 2015
Charge during the year
Released/utilised during the year
At 31 December 2016

109

2016 
USD’000
31,662
111,022
228
37,109
180,021

339,528
(247,867)
(54,552)
37,109

Minimum 
purchase 
obligations 
USD’000 
3,423
–
(3,189)
234
–
–
234

2015 
USD’000
44,065
127,155
122
93,601
264,943

357,154
(226,975)
(36,578)
93,601

Total 
USD’000
15,812
1,200
(8,678)
8,334
3,500
(3,876)
7,958

Warranty 
costs 
USD’000 
12,389
1,200
(5,489)
8,100
3,500
(3,876)
7,724

Warranty costs charged during the year relates to management’s assessment of  potential claims under contractual warranty provisions. 
The charge during the year is included in subcontract cost in Note 6.

30  Borrowings

Bank term loans
The bank borrowings are repayable as follows:
Current (less than 1 year)
Non-current (later than 1 year but not later than 5 years)

2016 
USD’000
59,484 

20,321
39,163
 59,484

2015 
USD’000
79,299 

20,136 
59,163 
79,299

At 31 December 2016, the Group has banking facilities of  USD 1,362 million (2015: USD 1,381 million) with commercial banks.  
The facilities include bank overdrafts, letters of  guarantees, letters of  credit and short-term loans.

Bank facilities are secured by liens over term deposits of  USD 91.2 million (2015: USD 55.7 million) (Note 22), the Group’s counter 
indemnities for guarantees issued on their behalf, the Group’s corporate guarantees, letter of  undertakings, letter of  credit payment 
guarantees, cash margin held against letters of  guarantees, shares of  certain subsidiaries, certain property, plant and equipment, 
movable assets, leasehold rights for land and certain contract related receivables.

The borrowings are stated net of  the unamortised arrangement fees and other transaction costs of  USD 0.8 million (2015: USD 1.2 million) 
and including accrued interest of  USD 0.3 million (2015: USD 0.5 million).

The bank facilities relating to overdrafts, term loans and revolving facilities carry interest at LIBOR + 3.5%. However, the Group has entered 
into an interest rate swap against the variable interest rate on its term loan facility to convert the LIBOR component into a fixed interest rate 
of  1.2375% (2015: 1.2375%). 

The carrying amounts of  borrowings in the year approximated to their fair value and were denominated in US Dollars or UAE Dirhams, 
which are pegged to the US Dollar.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS110

31  Profit of  the Company

The loss of  USD 140.0 million (2015: profit of  USD 0.4 million) in respect of  the Company is included in these consolidated  
financial statements.

32  Dividends 

There were no dividends declared or paid during the year ended 31 December 2016 or 31 December 2015. 

33 

 Exceptional items

Exceptional item comprises of:

Impairment of  goodwill (Note 17)
Staff redundancy expenses (Note 9)

2016 
USD’000
180,539
3,361
183,900

2015 
USD’000
–
–
–

Impairment of goodwill
The market downturn has resulted in a decrease in bidding activities and new project awards for the Fabrication & Engineering segment, 
causing an impairment loss of  USD 180.5 million (Note 17). 

Staff redundancy expenses
During 2016, the Group undertook a major review of  how the future organisation should be structured in view of  the market downturn  
and the costs relating to this exercise pertaining to staff redundancy amounted to USD 3.4 million (Note 9).

34  Commitments 

(a)  Operating lease commitments
The Group leases land and staff accommodation under various operating lease agreements. The remaining lease terms of  the majority  
of  the leases are between four and 20 years and are renewable at mutually agreed terms. 

The future minimum lease payments payable under operating leases are as follows:

Not later than one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

(b)  Other commitments

Capital commitments for construction of  facilities
Capital commitments for purchase of  operating equipment and computer software
Purchase commitments 

2016 
USD’000
6,528
23,997
76,264
106,789 

2016 
USD’000
10,347
345
51,659

2015 
USD’000
6,988
9,992
36,530
 53,510

2015 
USD’000
196
4,791
54,200

  Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS35  Bank guarantees

Performance/bid bonds
Advance payment, labour visa and payment guarantees

111

2016 
USD’000
163,812
240,383
404,195

2015 
USD’000
126,375
315,200
441,575

The various bank guarantees, as above, were issued by the Group’s bankers in the ordinary course of  business. Certain guarantees are 
secured by cash margins, assignments of  receivables from some customers and in respect of  guarantees provided by banks to the Group 
companies, they have been secured by parent company guarantees. In the opinion of  the management, the above bank guarantees are 
unlikely to result in any liability to the Group.  

36  Cash generated from operating activities

Operating activities
(Loss)/profit before income tax including discontinued operations
Adjustments for:
Release of  excess tax provision
Impairment of  goodwill
Share-based payments – value of  services provided
Depreciation 
Amortisation of  intangible assets
Share of  profit from investment in joint ventures
Release for warranty costs and other liabilities 
Profit on disposal of  property, plant and equipment
Provision for slow moving and obsolete inventories
Provision/(release) for impairment of  trade receivables, net of  amounts recovered
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits 
Gain on disposal of  a subsidiary
(Loss)/gain on derivative financial instruments 
Finance costs
Finance income
Operating cash flows before payment of  employees’ end of  service benefits  
  and changes in working capital
Payment of  employees’ end of  service benefits
Changes in working capital:
Inventories before movement in provision/(release) 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other receivables before movement in provision/(release) for impairment  
  of  trade receivables
Trade and other payables
Cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Year ended 31 December

2016 
USD’000

2015 
USD’000

Notes 

(184,061)

65,241

17
8
16
17
19

20

26

11

26

(260)
180,539
2,725
25,101
3,147
(1,944)
(376)
(621)
1,119
977
6,075
–
(1,259)
12,822
(2,895)

41,089
(12,670)

3,532 
1,068

152,027
(84,922)
100,124

–
–
3,174
19,386
2,624
(1,318) 
(7,478)
(315)
714
(6,100)
6,313
(66)
780 
14,706
(2,679)

94,982
(4,225)

(15,220)
(962)

(14,768)
(60,329)
(522)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS112

GLOSSARY

“AED”

United Arab Emirates Dirham

“ADNOC”

Abu Dhabi National Oil Company

“AGM”

“AIM”

“API”

“ASME”

“bn”

“Board” or 
“Directors”

“BP”

“CAGR”

“CBL”

“CDP”

“CEO”

“CFO”

“CGU”

“CO2e

“Code”

Annual General Meeting

Alternative Investment Market – a market 
operated by the London Stock Exchange  
Group plc

American Petroleum Institute

American Society of  Mechanical Engineers

Billion

the Board of  Directors of  the Company

British Petroleum

Compound Annual Growth Rate

Cleopatra Barges Limited

Carbon Disclosure Project

Chief  Executive Officer

Chief  Financial Officer

Cash Generating Unit

Carbon Dioxide equivalent

UK Corporate Governance Code 2014

“Company”

Lamprell plc

“CSR”

Corporate Social Responsibility

“DAFWC”

Day away from work case

Engineering & Construction

“FSP”

“FTSE”

“FZCO”

“GBP”

“GCC”

“GIC”

Free Share Plan

Financial Times Stock Exchange index

Free Zone Company

Great Britain Pound

Gulf  Cooperation Council

Global Investment Co. Ltd. Inc

“Group”

The Company and its subsidiaries

“HR”

“HSE”

“HSES”

“HSESQ”

“lAS”

“IFRS”

“IOC”

“ISO”

“IA”

“IT”

“JD”

“JGC”

“JIL”

“JPMC”

“KBR”

“KPI”

Human Resources

Health, Safety and Environment

Health, Safety, Environment, Security

Health, Safety, Environment, Security and Quality

International Accounting Standards

International Financial Reporting Standards

International Oil Company

International Organization for Standardization

Internal Audit

Information Technology

Juris Doctor

Japanese Gas Corporation

Jebel All Investments Limited

JP Morgan Cazenove

Kellogg Brown & Root

Key Performance Indicators

“E&C”

“EBITDA”

“EBT”

“EPC”

“EPCI”

“EPS”

“ERM”

“ERP”

“ESOP”

“FID”

“FPSO”

“FPU”

Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation 
and Amortisation

“Labour Law”

UAE Labour Law (Federal Law No. 8 of  1980  
(as amended))

Lamprell plc Employee Benefit Trust

“Lamprell”

the Company and its subsidiary undertakings

Engineering, Procurement and Construction

Engineering, Procurement, Construction  
and Installation

Earnings Per Share

Enterprise Risk Management 

Enterprise Resource Planning

Lamprell plc Executive Share Option Plan

Final Investment Decision

Floating, Production, Storage and Offloading

Floating Production Units

“LD”

“LEL”

“LHL”

“LIH”

“LNG”

“LS”

“LSE”

“LTIP”

“m”

Lamprell Dubai LLC

Lamprell Energy Limited

Lamprell Holdings Limited

Lamprell Investment Holdings Limited

Liquid Natural Gas

Lamprell Sharjah WLL

London Stock Exchange Group plc

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Million

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016GLOSSARY113

“MAR”

“MENA”

“MIL”

“MIS”

“MISA”

Market Abuse Regulation

Middle East North Africa

Maurlis International Ltd. Inc.

Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd. Inc.

Maritime Industrial Services Arabia Co. Ltd.

“MISCLP”

Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd. & Partners

“MISQWLL”

MIS Qatar LLC

“MOCL”

Maritime Offshore Construction Limited

“MOD”

“MOL”

“Mtoe”

“MW”

Modules

Maritime Offshore Limited

Million Tonnes of  Oil Equivalent

Megawatts

“NBJR”

New Build Jackup Rigs

“NBS”

“NDC”

“NED”

“NOC”

“O&M”

“OGCS”

“OP”

“OPEC”

“RIM”

“RSP”

“SPR”

“STIP”

“TRIR”

“TSR”

“UAE”

“UK”

“United States”  
or “US”

New Bridge Street

National Drilling Company

Non-Executive Director

National Oil Company 

Operations & Maintenance

Oil and Gas Contracting Services

Offshore Platforms

Organization of  the Petroleum  
Exporting Countries

Rig Metals LLC

Retention Share Plan

ScottishPower Renewables

Short-Term Incentive Plan

Total Recordable Injury Rate

Total Shareholder Return

the Federation of  the United Arab Emirates

United Kingdom

the United States of  America

“USD”

“UZ750”

“VP”

US Dollar

Upper Zakum 750

Vice-President

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGLOSSARY114 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Alternative Performance Measures

EBITDA
In addition to measuring financial performance of  the Group based on operating profit, we also measure performance based on  
EBITDA and underlying EBITDA (also referred to as adjusted EBITDA). EBITDA is defined as the Group (loss)/profit for the year from 
continuing operation before depreciation, amortisation, net finance expense and taxation. Underlying EBITDA is defined as EBITDA  
before non-recurring items or certain accounting adjustments that do not reflect changes in performance. 

We consider EBITDA and underlying EBITDA to be useful measures of  our operating performance because they approximate the 
operating cash flow by eliminating depreciation and amortisation and, for underlying EBITDA, excludes the impact of  the Ensco settlement. 
EBITDA and underlying EBITDA are not direct measures of  our liquidity, which is shown by our cash flow statement, and need to be 
considered in the context of  our financial commitments.

A reconciliation from Group (loss)/profit for the year from continuing operation, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, to reported 
and underlying EBITDA, is set out below:

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations 
Exceptional items (Note 33)
Depreciation (Note 16)
Amortisation (Note 17)
Interest on bank borrowings (Note 11)
Finance income (Note 11)
Tax
EBITDA
Settlement agreement with Ensco (Note 4)
Underlying EBITDA

Year ended 31 December

2016
USD’000
(182,190)
183,900
25,101
3,147
3,317
(2,895)
254
30,634
42,609
73,243

2015
USD’000
66,500
–
19,378
2,624
3,588
(2,679)
541
89,952
–
89,952

2014 
USD’000
93,220
–
27,606
11,895
6,006
(2,166)
484
137,045
–
137,045

Underlying EBITDA margins are calculated as underlying EBITDA shown above as a percentage of  the Group’s revenue.

Net cash
Net cash measures financial health after deduction of  liabilities such as borrowings. A reconciliation from the cash and cash equivalents 
per the consolidated cash flow statement, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, to reported net cash, is set out below:

Cash and cash equivalents (Note 22)
Margin/short-term deposits under lien (Note 22)
Deposits with original maturity of  more than 3 months (Note 22)
Borrowings (Note 30)
Net cash

2016 
USD’000
245,514
10,983
78,173
(59,484)
275,186

2015 
USD’000
224,126
11,787
53,667
(79,299)
210,282

2014 
USD’000
312,352
12,312
46,961
(98,979)
272,646

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2016ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

115

Underlying gross profit
Underlying gross profit is defined as gross profit before non-recurring items or certain accounting adjustments that can mask underlying 
changes in performance. A reconciliation from Group gross profit, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, to reported and underlying 
gross profit, is set out below:

Gross profit
Settlement agreement with Ensco (Note 4)
Underlying gross profit

2016 
USD’000
57,203
42,629
99,832

2015 
USD’000
123,520
–
123,520

2014 
USD’000
182,080
–
182,080

Normalised underlying margins or underlying gross profit margins are calculated as underlying gross profit shown above as a percentage 
of  the Group’s revenue adjusted for the reduction in revenue as result of  the settlement agreement with Ensco.

Underlying profitability
Underlying profitability is defined as profit for the year from continuing operations before non-recurring items or certain accounting 
adjustments that do not reflect changes in performance. A reconciliation from loss for the year from continuing operations, the most directly 
comparable IFRS measure, to reported and underlying profitability, is set out below:

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations
Exceptional items (Note 33)
Settlement agreement with Ensco (Note 4)
Underlying profitability

2016 
USD’000
(182,190)
183,900
42,629
44,339

2015 
USD’000
66,500
–
–
66,500

2014 
USD’000
93,220
–
–
93,220

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDesigned and produced by www.farraday.com

This document is printed on GalerieArt Matt which  
has been independently certified according to the rules 
of  the Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC). The virgin 
fibre is Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF) bleached.

Printed in the UK by Pureprint using vegetable inks 
throughout. Pureprint is a CarbonNeutral® company.

Both manufacturing paper mill and the printer are 
registered to the Environmental Management System 
ISO 14001 and are Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC) 
chain-of-custody certified.

If  you have finished with this document and no longer 
wish to retain it, please pass it on to other interested 
readers or dispose of  it in your recycled paper waste.

L

a

m

p

r

e

l

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

Lamprell plc 

Registered office
Fort Anne
Douglas
Isle of  Man
IM1 5PD

Operations
PO Box 33455
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Tel  +971 6 528 2323
Fax  +971 6 528 4325

Email  lamprell@lamprell.com

www.lamprell.com

Certifications